® 5700A/5720A Series II Multi-Function Calibrator Service Manual November 2007 ©2007 Fluke Corporation, All rights reserved. All product names are trademarks of their respective companies. LIMITED WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Each Fluke product is warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. The warranty period is one year and begins on the date of shipment. Parts, product repairs and services are warranted for 90 days. This warranty extends only to the original buyer or end-user customer of a Fluke authorized reseller, and does not apply to fuses, disposable batteries or to any product which, in Fluke's opinion, has been misused, altered, neglected or damaged by accident or abnormal conditions of operation or handling. Fluke warrants that software will operate substantially in accordance with its functional specifications for 90 days and that it has been properly recorded on non-defective media. Fluke does not warrant that software will be error free or operate without interruption. Fluke authorized resellers shall extend this warranty on new and unused products to end-user customers only but have no authority to extend a greater or different warranty on behalf of Fluke. Warranty support is available if product is purchased through a Fluke authorized sales outlet or Buyer has paid the applicable international price. Fluke reserves the right to invoice Buyer for importation costs of repair/replacement parts when product purchased in one country is submitted for repair in another country. Fluke's warranty obligation is limited, at Fluke's option, to refund of the purchase price, free of charge repair, or replacement of a defective product which is returned to a Fluke authorized service center within the warranty period. To obtain warranty service, contact your nearest Fluke authorized service center or send the product, with a description of the difficulty, postage and insurance prepaid (FOB Destination), to the nearest Fluke authorized service center. Fluke assumes no risk for damage in transit. Following warranty repair, the product will be returned to Buyer, transportation prepaid (FOB Destination). If Fluke determines that the failure was caused by misuse, alteration, accident or abnormal condition of operation or handling, Fluke will provide an estimate of repair costs and obtain authorization before commencing the work. Following repair, the product will be returned to the Buyer transportation prepaid and the Buyer will be billed for the repair and return transportation charges (FOB Shipping Point). THIS WARRANTY IS BUYER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. FLUKE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, INCLUDING LOSS OF DATA, WHETHER ARISING FROM BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, RELIANCE OR ANY OTHER THEORY. Since some countries or states do not allow limitation of the term of an implied warranty, or exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, the limitations and exclusions of this warranty may not apply to every buyer. If any provision of this Warranty is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such holding will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Fluke Corporation Fluke Europe B.V. P.O. Box 9090 P.O. Box 1186 Everett, WA 98206-9090 5602 BD Eindhoven U.S.A. The Netherlands 5/94 Table of Contents Chapter Title Page 1 Introduction and Specifications......................................................... 1-1 1-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 1-3 1-2. Contacting Fluke................................................................................... 1-4 1-3. About this Manual ................................................................................ 1-4 1-4. How to Use this Manual ....................................................................... 1-4 1-5. Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03) ............................ 1-5 1-6. Auxiliary Amplifiers............................................................................. 1-6 1-7. 5725A Amplifier .............................................................................. 1-6 1-8. Support Equipment and Services.......................................................... 1-6 1-9. 732B Direct Voltage Reference Standard ........................................ 1-7 1-10. 732B-200 Direct Volt Maintenance Program (U.S.A. Only) ........... 1-7 1-11. 742A Series Resistance Standards.................................................... 1-7 1-12. Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) Calibration Support ..... 1-7 1-13. Service Centers................................................................................. 1-8 1-14. The Components of the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator ................. 1-8 1-15. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator ............................... 1-9 1-16. The Calibration Process.................................................................... 1-10 1-17. Establishing Traceability.................................................................. 1-10 1-18. Calibration Reports........................................................................... 1-11 1-19. Calibration Check ................................................................................. 1-11 1-20. Developing a Performance History....................................................... 1-11 1-21. Range Calibration ................................................................................. 1-12 1-22. DC Zeros Calibration............................................................................ 1-12 1-23. Specifications........................................................................................ 1-12 1-24. Specification Confidence Levels...................................................... 1-12 1-25. Using Absolute and Relative Uncertainty Specifications................. 1-12 1-26. Using Secondary Performance Specifications.................................. 1-13 1-27. General Specifications .......................................................................... 1-14 1-28. Electrical Specifications ....................................................................... 1-15 1-29. DC Voltage Specifications ............................................................... 1-15 1-30. AC Voltage Specifications ............................................................... 1-18 1-31. Resistance Specifications ................................................................. 1-29 1-32. DC Current Specifications................................................................ 1-33 1-33. AC Current Specifications................................................................ 1-36 i 5700A/5720A Series II Service Manual 1-34. Wideband AC Voltage (Option 5700-03) Specifications................. 1-41 1-35. Auxiliary Amplifier Specifications .................................................. 1-42 2 Theory of Operation ............................................................................ 2-1 2-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 2-2 2-2. Calibrator Overview ............................................................................. 2-2 2-3. Internal References........................................................................... 2-2 2-4. Hybrid Reference Amplifiers....................................................... 2-2 2-5. Fluke Thermal Sensor (FTS)........................................................ 2-2 2-6. Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). ........................................... 2-3 2-7. Digital Section Overview...................................................................... 2-3 2-8. Analog Section Overview..................................................................... 2-3 2-9. Functional Description Presented by Output Function......................... 2-5 2-10. DC Voltage Functional Description ................................................. 2-6 2-11. AC Voltage Functional Description ................................................. 2-9 2-12. Wideband AC V Functional Description (Option -03) .................... 2-10 2-13. DC Current Functional Description.................................................. 2-10 2-14. AC Current Functional Description.................................................. 2-10 2-15. Ohms Functional Description........................................................... 2-11 3 Calibration and Verification................................................................ 3-1 3-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 3-3 3-2. Calibration............................................................................................ 3-4 3-3. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards............. 3-4 3-4. Calibration Requirements................................................................. 3-4 3-5. When to Adjust the Calibrator’s Uncertainty Specifications ........... 3-5 3-6. Calibration Procedure....................................................................... 3-6 3-7. Range Calibration ................................................................................. 3-12 3-8. Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) ................. 3-15 3-9. Performing a Calibration Check ........................................................... 3-18 3-10. Full Verification.................................................................................... 3-20 3-11. Required Equipment for All Tests.................................................... 3-21 3-12. Warm-up Procedure for All Verification Tests ................................ 3-21 3-13. Resistance Verification Test............................................................. 3-23 3-14. Two-Wire Compensation Verification ............................................. 3-25 3-15. DC Voltage Verification Test........................................................... 3-26 3-16. DC Voltage One-Tenth Scale Linearity Test ................................... 3-27 3-17. Direct Current Accuracy Verification Test ...................................... 3-28 3-18. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test............................................. 3-29 3-19. Output Level Tests For AC V Ranges.............................................. 3-29 3-20. AC Current Test, 22 mA to 11A Ranges.......................................... 3-31 3-21. AC Current Test, 2 mA and 200 μA Ranges.................................... 3-34 3-22. Rationale for Using Metal-Film Resistors to Measure AC Current . 3-35 3-23. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Test................................................ 3-36 3-24. Wideband AC Voltage Module Output Verification........................ 3-36 3-25. Wideband Output Accuracy at 1 kHz Test ........................................... 3-37 3-26. Wideband Output Flatness Test............................................................ 3-38 3-27. Wideband Flatness Calibration Procedure ....................................... 3-39 3-28. Optional Tests....................................................................................... 3-40 3-29. DC Voltage Load Regulation Test ................................................... 3-40 3-30. DC Voltage Linearity Test ............................................................... 3-41 3-31. DC Voltage Output Noise (10 Hz to 10 kHz) Test........................... 3-41 3-32. DC Voltage Output Noise (0.1 to 10 Hz) Test ................................. 3-43 ii Contents (continued) 3-33. AC Voltage Distortion Test.............................................................. 3-43 3-34. Wideband Distortion Testing ........................................................... 3-43 3-35. AC Voltage Overshoot Test ............................................................. 3-44 3-36. Minimum Use Requirements ................................................................ 3-44 3-37. Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals ..................... 3-46 4 Maintenance......................................................................................... 4-1 4-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 4-3 4-2. Accessing the Fuse................................................................................ 4-3 4-3. Cleaning the Air Filter .......................................................................... 4-3 4-4. General Cleaning .................................................................................. 4-4 4-5. Cleaning PCA's..................................................................................... 4-5 4-6. Access Procedures................................................................................ 4-5 4-7. Top and Bottom Covers.................................................................... 4-5 4-8. Digital Section Cover ....................................................................... 4-5 4-9. Analog Section Covers..................................................................... 4-5 4-10. Rear Panel Removal and Installation................................................ 4-5 4-11. Rear Panel Assembly Access ........................................................... 4-6 4-12. Front Panel Removal and Installation .............................................. 4-6 4-13. Display Assembly Removal and Installation ............................... 4-7 4-14. Keyboard Assembly Removal and Installation............................ 4-7 4-15. Analog Assembly Removal and Installation .................................... 4-8 4-16. Digital Assembly Removal and Installation..................................... 4-10 4-17. Power Transformer Removal and Installation.................................. 4-10 4-18. Hybrid Cover Removal..................................................................... 4-10 4-19. Front/Rear Binding Post Reconfiguration ............................................ 4-10 4-20. Installing a Wideband AC Module (Option -03) .................................. 4-12 4-21. Clearing Ghost Images from the Control Display ................................ 4-12 4-22. Replacing the Clock/Calendar Backup Battery .................................... 4-12 4-23. Using Remote Commands Reserved for Servicing............................... 4-13 4-24. Using the ETIME Command............................................................ 4-13 4-25. Fault Codes ........................................................................................... 4-15 5 List of Replaceable Parts.................................................................... 5-1 5-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 5-3 5-2. How to Obtain Parts.............................................................................. 5-3 5-3. Service Centers ..................................................................................... 5-3 5-4. Parts List ............................................................................................... 5-3 iii 5700A/5720A Series II Service Manual iv List of Tables Table Title Page 1-1. Auxiliary Amplifier Data ....................................................................................... 1-6 3-1. Standards for Calibrating 5700A/5720A Series II ................................................. 3-5 3-2. List of Required Equipment for Main Output........................................................ 3-22 3-3. Equipment Required for Resistance Testing.......................................................... 3-23 3-4. Low Value Resistance Calibration Using a Current Source .................................. 3-25 3-5. Equipment Required for DC Voltage Testing........................................................ 3-26 3-6. Equipment Required for Direct Current Test......................................................... 3-28 3-7. Equipment Required for AC V Output Level Tests............................................... 3-29 3-8. 5790A Adjustment Counts..................................................................................... 3-31 3-9. Equipment Required for 22 mA to 11A Alternating Current Test Using the 5790A Input 1 ........................................................................................................ 3-31 3-10. Equipment Required for Alternating Current Accuracy Test for the 2 mA and 200 uA Ranges ....................................................................................................... 3-34 3-11. Equipment Required for Testing and Calibrating the Wideband Option............... 3-37 3-12. Wideband Adjustment Tolerance........................................................................... 3-38 3-13. Equipment Required For DC V Optional Tests ..................................................... 3-40 3-14. Equipment Required for Distortion Test................................................................ 3-43 3-15. Minimum Use Requirements.................................................................................. 3-45 3-16. 5720A Resistance Test Record .............................................................................. 3-48 3-17. 5700A Resistance Test Record .............................................................................. 3-50 3-18. DC Voltage Test Record for 5720A....................................................................... 3-52 3-19. DC Voltage Test Record for 5700A....................................................................... 3-53 3-20. Direct Current Accuracy Test Record (5720A) ..................................................... 3-54 3-21. Direct Current Accuracy Test Record (5700A) ..................................................... 3-55 3-22. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test Record ...................................................... 3-55 3-23. 5720A AC Voltage Output Test Record ................................................................ 3-56 3-24. 5700A AC Voltage Output Test Record ................................................................ 3-58 3-25. AC Voltage 2 mV Range Test Record ................................................................... 3-59 3-26. 5720A AC Current 20 mA to 10A Accuracy Test Record..................................... 3-60 3-27. 5700A AC Current 20 mA to 10A Accuracy Test Record..................................... 3-61 3-28. 5720A AC Current 2 mA and 200 mA Accuracy Test Record.............................. 3-62 3-29. 5700A AC Current 2 mA and 200μA Accuracy Test Record................................ 3-62 3-30. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Testi Record........................................................ 3-63 v 5700A/5720A Series II Service Manual 3-31. Wideband Accuracy at 1 kHz Test Record ............................................................ 3-64 3-32. Wideband Flatness Test Record............................................................................. 3-64 3-33. Wideband Absolute Error 10 Hz to 500 kHz ......................................................... 3-66 3-34. Load Regulation Test Record................................................................................. 3-67 3-35. DC Voltage Linearity Test Record........................................................................ 3-67 3-36. DC Voltage Output Noise Test .............................................................................. 3-67 3-37. AC V Distortion Test Summary............................................................................. 3-68 3-38. Test Record for Flatness Check of the AC 2 mV Range........................................ 3-68 5-1. Front Panel Final Assembly ................................................................................... 5-4 vi List of Figures Figure Title Page 1-1. Time and Costs: Calibrator Calibration.................................................................. 1-10 2-1. Digital Section Block Diagram .............................................................................. 2-4 2-2. Analog Section Block Diagram, Part ..................................................................... 2-7 2-3. Analog Section Block Diagram, Part ..................................................................... 2-8 3-1. 732B External Calibration Connections................................................................. 3-7 3-2. 742A-1 and 742A-10k External Calibration Connections ..................................... 3-10 3-3. 220V DC Range Calibration Connections ............................................................. 3-15 3-4. Wideband Module Calibration Connection............................................................ 3-17 3-5. Overview of Verification Tests .............................................................................. 3-20 3-6. 1 Ohm and 10 Ohm Resistor Verification.............................................................. 3-24 3-7. Direct Current Accuracy Test Setup ...................................................................... 3-28 3-8. 1 MHz Low Pass Filter........................................................................................... 3-29 3-9. AC Voltage Test Setup........................................................................................... 3-30 3-10. Alternating Current Test Setup .............................................................................. 3-33 3-11. Alternating Current Test Setup2 mA and 200 μA.................................................. 3-34 3-12. Metal Film Resistor Equivalent Circuit.................................................................. 3-35 3-13. Metal Film Resistor in Test Circuit........................................................................ 3-35 3-14. Wideband Accuracy at 1 kHz Test Setup............................................................... 3-37 3-15. Wideband Flatness Test Setup ............................................................................... 3-38 3-16. DC Voltage Linearity Test ..................................................................................... 3-41 3-17. DC Voltage Output Noise Test Setup .................................................................... 3-42 3-18. Determining Other Test Limits .............................................................................. 3-47 4-1. Accessing the Fuse................................................................................................. 4-3 4-2. Air Filter................................................................................................................. 4-4 4-3. Rear Panel Removal............................................................................................... 4-5 4-4. Rear Panel Assembly Access................................................................................. 4-6 4-5. Front Panel Removal.............................................................................................. 4-7 4-6. Analog and Digital Assemblies.............................................................................. 4-9 5-1. Front Panel Final Assembly ................................................................................... 5-5 5-2. Chassis Final Assembly ......................................................................................... 5-7 5-3. Rear Panel Final Assembly ................................................................................... 5-10 vii 5700A/5720A Series II Service Manual viii Interference Information This equipment generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, may cause interference to radio and television reception. It has been type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B computing device in accordance with the specifications of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a residential installation. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: • This device may not cause harmful interference. • This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. There is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of more of the following measures: • Reorient the receiving antenna • Relocate the equipment with respect to the receiver • Move the equipment away from the receiver • Plug the equipment into a different outlet so that the computer and receiver are on different branch circuits If necessary, the user should consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. The user may find the following booklet prepared by the Federal Communications Commission helpful: How to Identify and Resolve Radio-TV Interference Problems. This booklet is available from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. Stock No. 004-000-00345-4. Declaration of the Manufacturer or Importer We hereby certify that the Fluke Model 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator is in compliance with BMPT Vfg 243/1991 and is RFI suppressed. The normal operation of some equipment (e.g. signal generators) may be subject to specific restrictions. Please observe the notices in the users manual. The marketing and sales of the equipment was reported to the Central Office for Telecommunication Permits (BZT). The right to retest this equipment to verify compliance with the regulation was given to the BZT. Bescheinigung des Herstellers/Importeurs Hiermit wird bescheinigt, daβ Fluke Models 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator in Übereinstimung mit den Bestimmungen der BMPT-AmtsblVfg 243/1991 funk-entstört ist. Der vorschriftsmäßige Betrieb mancher Geräte (z.B. Meßsender) kann allerdings gewissen Einschränkungen unterliegen. Beachten Sie deshalb die Hinweise in der Bedienungsanleitung. Dem Bundesamt für Zulassungen in der Telekcommunikation wurde das Inverkehrbringen dieses Gerätes angezeigt und die Berechtigung zur Überprüfung der Seire auf Einhaltung der Bestimmungen eingeräumt. Fluke Corporation OPERATOR SAFETY SUMMARY WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE is used in the operation of this equipment LETHAL VOLTAGE may be present on the terminals, observe all safety precautions! To avoid electrical shock hazard, the operator should not electrically contact the output hi or sense hi binding posts. During operation, lethal voltages of up to 1100V ac or dc may be present on these terminals. Whenever the nature of the operation permits, keep one hand away from equipment to reduce the hazard of current flowing thought vital organs of the body. Terms in this Manual This instrument has been designed and tested in accordance with IEC Publication 348, Safety Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus. This manual contains information and warnings which have to be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in safe condition. Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in personal injury or loss of life. Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to the equipment or other property. Symbols Marked on Equipment S DANGER — High Voltage Q Protective ground (earth) terminal P Attention — refer to the manual. This symbol indicates that information about the usage of a feature is contained in the manual. Power Source The 5700A/5720A Series II is intended to operate from a power source that will not apply more than 264V ac rms between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground. A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation. Use the Proper Fuse To avoid fire hazard, use only the fuse specified on the line voltage selection switch label, and which is identical in type voltage rating, and current rating. Grounding the 5700A/5720A Series II The 5700A/5720A Series II is Safety Class I (grounded enclosure) instruments as defined in IEC 348. The enclosure is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord. To avoid electrical shock, plug the power cord into a properly wired earth grounded receptacle before connecting anything to any of the 5700A/5720A Series II terminals. A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation. Use the Proper Power Cord Always use the power (line) cord and connector appropriate for the voltage and outlet of the country or location in which you are working. Always match the line cord to the instrument. • Use the AC line cord supplied with this instrument with this instrument only. • Do not use this line cord with any other instruments. • Do not use any other line cords with this instrument. Use only the power cord and connector appropriate for proper operation of a 5700A/5720A Series II in your country. Use only a power cord that is in good condition. Refer cord and connector changes to qualified service personnel. Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmospheres To avoid explosion, do not operate the 5700A/5720A Series II in an atmosphere of explosive gas. Do Not Remove Cover To avoid personal injury or death, do not remove the 5700A/5720A Series II cover. Do not operate the 5700A/5720A Series II without the cover properly installed. There are no user- serviceable parts inside the 5700A/5720A Series II, so there is no need for the operator to ever remove the cover. Do Not Attempt to Operate if Protection May be Impaired If the 5700A/5720A Series II appears damaged or operates abnormally, protection may be impaired. Do not attempt to operate it. When in doubt, have the instrument serviced. .SERVICING SAFETY SUMMARY FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY Also refer to the preceding Operator Safety Summary Do Not Service Alone Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is present. Use Care When Servicing With Power On Dangerous voltage exist at many points inside this product. To avoid personal injury, do not touch exposed connections and components while power is on. Whenever the nature of the operation permits, keep one hand away from equipment to reduce the hazard of current flowing through vital organs of the body. Do not wear a grounded wrist strap while working on this product. A grounded wrist strap increase the risk of current flowing through the body. Disconnect power before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing components. High voltage may still be present even after disconnecting power. FIRST AID FOR ELECTRIC SHOCK Free the Victim From the Live Conductor Shut off high voltage at once and ground the circuit. If high voltage cannot be turned off quickly, ground the circuit. If the circuit cannot be broken or grounded, use a board, dry clothing, or other nonconductor to free the victim. Get Help! Yell for help. Call an emergency number. Request medical assistance. Never Accept Ordinary and General Tests for Death Symptoms of electric shock may include unconsciousness, failure to breathe, absence of pulse, pallor, and stiffness, and severe burns. Treat the Victim If the victim is not breathing, begin CPR or mouth-to-mouth resuscitation if you are certified. Chapter 1 Introduction and Specifications Title Page 1-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 1-3 1-2. Contacting Fluke................................................................................... 1-4 1-3. About this Manual ................................................................................ 1-4 1-4. How to Use this Manual ....................................................................... 1-4 1-5. Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03) ............................ 1-5 1-6. Auxiliary Amplifiers............................................................................. 1-6 1-7. 5725A Amplifier .............................................................................. 1-6 1-8. Support Equipment and Services.......................................................... 1-6 1-9. 732B Direct Voltage Reference Standard ........................................ 1-7 1-10. 732B-200 Direct Volt Maintenance Program (U.S.A. Only) ........... 1-7 1-11. 742A Series Resistance Standards.................................................... 1-7 1-12. Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) Calibration Support ..... 1-7 1-13. Service Centers................................................................................. 1-8 1-14. The Components of the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator ................. 1-8 1-15. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator ............................... 1-8 1-16. The Calibration Process.................................................................... 1-10 1-17. Establishing Traceability.................................................................. 1-10 1-18. Calibration Reports........................................................................... 1-10 1-19. Calibration Check ................................................................................. 1-10 1-20. Developing a Performance History....................................................... 1-11 1-21. Range Calibration ................................................................................. 1-11 1-22. DC Zeros Calibration............................................................................ 1-11 1-23. Specifications........................................................................................ 1-11 1-24. Specification Confidence Levels...................................................... 1-12 1-25. Using Absolute and Relative Uncertainty Specifications................. 1-12 1-26. Using Secondary Performance Specifications.................................. 1-12 1-27. General Specifications .......................................................................... 1-13 1-28. Electrical Specifications ....................................................................... 1-14 1-29. DC Voltage Specifications ............................................................... 1-14 1-30. AC Voltage Specifications ............................................................... 1-17 1-31. Resistance Specifications ................................................................. 1-28 1-32. DC Current Specifications................................................................ 1-32 1-33. AC Current Specifications................................................................ 1-35 1-34. Wideband AC Voltage (Option 5700-03) Specifications................. 1-40 1-35. Auxiliary Amplifier Specifications .................................................. 1-41 1-1 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1-2 Introduction and Specifications Introduction 1 1-1. Introduction The Fluke Model 5700A/5720A Series II calibrators are precise instruments that calibrate a wide variety of electrical measuring instruments. These calibrators maintain high accuracy over a wide ambient temperature range, allowing them to test instruments in any environment, eliminating the restrictions to calibrate only in a temperature-controlled standards laboratory. With a 5700A/5720A Series II, you can calibrate precision multimeters that measure ac or dc voltage, ac or dc current, and resistance. The 5720A Series II operates in a similar manner to the 5700A Series II, the difference is that the 5720A Series II has a considerably higher specified accuracy. Option 5700A-03 Wideband AC Voltage, which is available for both the 5700A Series II and the 5720A Series II, extends this workload to include rf voltmeters. Specifications are provided at the end of this chapter. The calibrator is a fully- programmable precision source of the following: • DC voltage to 1100V • AC voltage to 1100V, with output available from 10 Hz to 1.2 MHz. • AC and DC current to 2.2A, with output available from 10 Hz to 10 kHz n n • Resistance in values of 1x10 and 1.9x10 from 1Ω to 100 MΩ, plus a short. • Optional wideband ac voltage from 300 µV to 3.5V into 50Ω (-57 dBm to +24 dBm), 10 Hz to 30 MHz. Features of the calibrator include the following: • Internal environmentally-controlled references allowing the calibrator to maintain full performance over a wide ambient temperature range. • Automatic meter error calculation obtained through using a simple output adjust knob; the display shows linearity, offset, and scale errors. • Keys that multiply and divide the output value by 10 to simplify work on meters with calibration points at decade multiples of a fraction of full-scale. • Programmable entry limits used for restricting the levels that can be keyed into the calibrator, preventing access to levels that may be harmful to equipment or personnel. • A s key that provides the capability of displaying the instrument’s specification at the selected operating point, calibration interval, and specification confidence level. • An auxiliary current binding post that allows you to calibrate meters with separate current inputs without moving cables. • Real-time clock and calendar for date stamping reports. • Offset and scaling modes that simplify linearity testing of multimeters. • Variable phase reference signal output and phase-lock input. • Interface for the Fluke 5725 Amplifier. • Standard IEEE-488 (GPIB) interface, complying with ANSI/IEEE Standards 488.1- 1987 and 488.2-1987. • Selectable normal remote mode or emulation of the Fluke 5100B and 5200A Series calibrators in functions and response to system controller software • EIA Standard RS-232C serial data interface for printing, displaying, or transferring internally-stored calibration constants, and for remote control of the calibrator. • Extensive internal self testing and diagnostics of analog and digital functions. 1-3 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual • A traceable calibration procedure for all modes and ranges that requires only 10V, 1Ω, and 10 kΩ external standards, with only occasional independent verification. • Fast, simple, automated calibration check providing added confidence between calibration recalls, and data that can be used to document and characterize the calibrator’s performance between calibration recalls. 1-2. Contacting Fluke To order accessories, receive operating assistance, or get the location of the nearest Fluke distributor or Service Center, call: USA: 1-888-44-FLUKE (1-888-443-5853) Canada: 1-800-36-FLUKE (1-800-363-5853) Europe: +31 402-675-200 Japan: +81-3-3434-0181 Singapore: +65-738-5655 Anywhere in the world: +1-425-446-5500 Or, visit Fluke's Web site at www.fluke.com. 1-3. About this Manual This manual provides complete information for installing the calibrator and operating it from the front panel keys and in remote. It also provides a glossary of calibration-related terms as well as general items such as specifications and error code information. The following topics are covered in this manual: • Installation • Operating controls and features • Front panel operation • Remote operation (IEEE-488 bus or serial port remote control) • Serial port operation (printing, displaying, or transferring data, and setting up for serial port remote control) • Operator maintenance, including how to calibrate the 5700A/5720A Series II • Options and accessories 1-4. How to Use this Manual Use the following list to find the location of specific information. • Quick setup procedure: 5700A/5720A Series II Operators Reference Guide • Unpacking and setup: Chapter 2. • Installation and rack mounting: Chapter 2; also the rack mount kit instruction sheet • AC line power and interface cabling: Chapter 2 • Controls, indicators, and displays: Chapter 3 • Front panel operation: Chapter 4 • Cabling to a UUT (Unit Under Test): Chapter 4 • Using auxiliary amplifiers: Chapter 4 • Self calibration: Chapters 1 and 7 1-4 Introduction and Specifications Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03) 1 • Remote operation (IEEE-488 or serial): Chapter 5 • Options and accessories: Chapters 2 and 8 • Instrument specifications: The end of this Chapter • Theory of operation: Chapter 2 of the 5700A/5720A Series II Service Manual 1-5. Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03) The Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03) can be installed in both the 5700A and 5720A Series II Calibrators. The module is a high-accuracy, low-noise, extremely flat ac voltage source for calibrating rf voltmeters, with a frequency range of 10 Hz to 30 MHz. Output is in seven ranges from 300 µV (-57 dBm) to 3.5 V (+24 dBm) through a Type-N coaxial connector into a 50 Ω load. The output level is selected in volts or dBm through either the front panel controls or under remote control. The wideband module also functions with the calibrator’s output adjust controls that let display the error of a wideband meter in either percentage of output or in decibels. Included with the wideband module is a Type-N output cable and a 50 Ω terminator. The wideband module is calibrated to the end of its standard-equipment output cable. 1-5 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1-6. Auxiliary Amplifiers The Fluke Model 5725A Amplifier is available to extend the high voltage performance and current range of the calibrator: Interface connectors on the calibrator’s rear panel accept cables to directly operate a 5725A. Three amplifiers can be connected to the calibrator at the same time, but only one output can be active at a time. Once you have connected the amplifiers and configured the calibrator in a setup menu, amplifier operation is controlled by the calibrator. Chapter 4 provides instructions for operating the 5725A. The general specifications at the end of this chapter include specifications for operating the calibrator with the 5725A. For other amplifier specifications, refer to their instruction manuals. Table 1-1 summarizes the extended capabilities offered by the 5725A. Brief descriptions of the extended capabilities follow. Table 1-1. Auxiliary Amplifier Data Model Mode Range 5725A Amplifier AC V 220 to 1100V rms up to 70 mA, 40 Hz to 30 kHz (50 mA < 5 kHz) 220 to 750V rms up to 70 mA, 30 kHz to 100 kHz DC Amps 0 to ±11A AC Amps 1 to 11A rms, 40 Hz to 10 kHz 1-7. 5725A Amplifier The Fluke 5725A Amplifier is an external unit operating under calibrator control to extend ac voltage drive capabilities and both ac and dc current output range. The amplifier adds the following capabilities to the calibrator’s 1100V ac range with no compromise in accuracy: • Frequency limits at higher voltage increase to 100 kHz at 750V, 30 kHz at 1100V. • Load limit increases to 70 mA for frequencies above 5 kHz. • Capacitive drive increases to 1000 pF, subject to the maximum output current. Extended-performance voltage is available at the calibrator’s front or rear binding posts, eliminating the need to change cables during a procedure. A separate set of binding posts on the front panel of the 5725A supplies extended-range ac and dc current outputs. Since most meters have a separate input terminal for the high current ranges, this eliminates the need to change cables during a procedure. The 5725A can also be configured to source all current (both standard calibrator-generated current and its own current) through the 5725A binding posts. 1-8. Support Equipment and Services Fluke supports your calibration needs with precision, high-quality equipment and a wide range of services. Depending on your needs, location, and capabilities, you may decide to support your 5700A/5720A Series II calibrator independently or use Fluke services for part, or all, of your support needs. The following paragraphs describe the support equipment and services offered by Fluke for the calibrator. For specifications and ordering instructions for this support equipment and other Fluke instruments, refer to the Fluke catalog, or contact a representative at a Fluke Sales and Service Center. 1-6 Introduction and Specifications Support Equipment and Services 1 1-9. 732B Direct Voltage Reference Standard The Fluke 732B is a rugged, easily transported solid state direct voltage reference standard with a highly predictable 10V output. This predictability allows the Fluke Standards Laboratory, as well as many Fluke customers, to completely eliminate fragile, saturated standard cells. Laboratories still maintain standard cells using the 732A and 732B as a transportable voltage standard, eliminating the need to transport their standard cells. The 732B can be short-circuited, even for extended periods of time, without damage or loss of stability. It maintains full specified stability over a temperature span of 18 to 28 °C. The calibrator uses a 10V reference standard such as the Fluke 732B in its semi- automated calibration procedure to establish external voltage traceability. Chapter 7 describes this procedure. 1-10. 732B-200 Direct Volt Maintenance Program (U.S.A. Only) The Fluke 732B-200 Direct Volt Maintenance Program provides your laboratory with NIST-traceable 10V calibration uncertainty as low as 0.6 parts per million. The program maintains the 732B that you keep in your laboratory. To accomplish this, the following occurs: 1. Fluke sends you a calibrated Fluke-owned 732B standard, together with all necessary connecting cables and instructions for comparison with your 10V reference standard. 2. You take a series of readings over a five-day period, and return the results to the Fluke Standards Laboratory. 3. The Fluke Standards Laboratory assigns a value to your 10V standard relative to the NIST legal volt and sends you a report of calibration. 1-11. 742A Series Resistance Standards The calibrator uses 1Ω and 10 kΩ resistor standards such as the 742A Series in its semi- automated calibration procedure to establish external traceability of resistance and current. Chapter 7 describes this procedure. The 742A Resistance Standards, which are constructed of arrays of Fluke wirewound precision resistors, are ideally suited as support standards for the calibrator. Stability of the resistance transfer standards and their temperature coefficients make them ideal for easy transport to and operation in the calibrator's working environment. 1-12. Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) Calibration Support The Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) requires two kinds of calibration: gain and flatness. Gain constants are checked and recalibrated as a part of the normal calibrator semi-automated calibration process. Since frequency flatness is determined by such stable parameters as circuit geometry and dielectric constants, flatness of the Wideband AC module has excellent long-term stability. This stability gives the Wideband AC Module a two-year calibration cycle for flatness calibration. Flatness calibration is required only infrequently, and can be done when the calibrator is returned to a standards laboratory for periodic verification. The 5700A/5720A Series II Service Manual contains the wideband flatness calibration procedure. Chapter 7 of this manual contains the wideband gain calibration procedure. 1-7 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1-13. Service Centers A worldwide network of Fluke service centers supports Fluke instruments and assists customers in many ways. Most service centers have standards and calibration laboratories certified by local national standards organizations. The following is a partial list of the services provided by most service centers: • Repair and certified traceable calibration of all Fluke products. • Certified traceable calibration of many non-Fluke standards and calibrators. • Worldwide exchange of calibrator internal modules. Delivery inside the U.S.A. is typically within 48 hours. • Service agreements with the flexibility to suit your needs. These can be a simple warranty extension or an agreement that includes on-site support. Calibration service agreements are also available in many areas. • Training programs and seminars, including laboratory metrology, system applications, and product maintenance. • Application help and consulting, including system design, hardware selection, custom software, site evaluation and installation. • Replacement parts inventory, including recommended spare parts and module kits. • Visit www.fluke.com for locations and phone numbers of authorized Fluke service centers. 1-14. The Components of the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator The calibrator is configured internally as an automated calibration system, with process controls and consistent procedures. Internal microprocessors control all functions and monitor performance, using a switching matrix to route signals between modules. Complete automatic internal diagnostics, both analog and digital, confirm operational integrity. Reference amplifiers maintain dc accuracy and stability. Of all technologies available, reference amplifiers have the lowest noise and best stability. Reference amplifiers in the calibrator go through special selection processes including long-term aging to ensure high reliability and performance well within specifications. The calibrator achieves its exceptional ac voltage accuracy by using a patented Fluke rms sensor to make real-time ac/dc comparison measurements. The Fluke rms sensor is similar in principle to the traditional thermal voltage converter, but has a shorter time constant, virtually no reversal error, higher signal-to-noise ratio, and better frequency response. In the calibrator, one Fluke rms sensor serves as an ac/dc transfer standard to develop gain and flatness correction constants during calibration. The second Fluke rms sensor continuously monitors and corrects output voltage during operation. A patented 26-bit digital-to-analog converter (dac) provides the calibrator with the ability to precisely vary its output. This is a pulse-width modulated dac with linearity typically better than 0.2 ppm of full scale. As with the other internal functions, the linearity of the dac is automatically checked during calibration and analog diagnostics. 1-15. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator The traditional practice of returning a calibrator to a standards laboratory at regular intervals for a full calibration is time consuming, expensive, and disruptive to the task to 1-8 Introduction and Specifications Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator 1 which the calibrator is being applied. Moreover, it leaves gaps in confidence. You must rely on manufacturer's specifications to determine if a calibrator will perform acceptably in an operating environment outside the lab. Also, you must assume that drift is predictable enough so that performance is within limits between recalls. The 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator makes use of Fluke design breakthroughs in the use of internal check standards and measurement systems. As a result, it can be completely calibrated in place to full specifications using a small number of convenient, portable, environmentally tolerant standards available from Fluke. As you will see below, this procedure is traceable to military standard requirements. When manufactured, each calibrator is calibrated and thoroughly verified with process metrology and calibration standards traceable to the U.S. National Bureau of Standards. A certificate of calibration is included. A calibration verification procedure described in the 5700A/5720A Series II Service Manual is recommended every two years, or as required by your established policies. This procedure involves no adjustments. It simply ensures internal processes are in control, and establishes parallel external traceability paths for internal functions such as ac transfers that are never adjusted or corrected. Figure 1-1 illustrates the time and money that can be saved by using the 5700A/5720A Series II calibration support plan recommended by Fluke. Depending on your policies, you may initially decide to perform calibration verification more often. The calibrator makes this unnecessary and offers you a practical way to collect data unavailable with a traditional calibrator design about performance between calibrations. TRADITIONAL CALIBRATOR CALIBRATION CALIBRATION CYCLE TIME 5700A/5720A SERIES II CALIBRATION CALIBRATION CYCLE TIME f1-1.eps Figure 1-1. Time and Costs: Calibrator Calibration 1-9 COST $ COST $ 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1-16. The Calibration Process Calibration requires only three external standards: 10V, 1Ω, and 10 kΩ. Environmentally-controlled internal check standards provide the primary reference points. A stored table of calibration constants defines additional reference points for controlling the output. Traceable calibration and adjustment to the specified level of performance is accomplished in a semi-automated process that revises this table. When you finish calibration, but before you save the new constants, the calibrator presents you with the proposed adjustments as +/- ppm of range and percentage change in specification for each range and function. You can print a list of changes through the serial (RS-232C) port, or send them to a computer through either the serial port or the IEEE-488 port. Also on completion of calibration, the calibrator displays the largest proposed change. Calibration can be completed as far as deriving and printing the proposed adjustments without changing the setting of the rear panel CALIBRATION switch; however, the switch must be set to ENABLE to store the changes in nonvolatile memory and make them effective. The switch is recessed to allow the metrologist to cover it with a calibration sticker to guarantee calibrator integrity. 1-17. Establishing Traceability Traceability to national standards is established as follows: • Except for the internal ac/dc transfer standard, the internal check standards are directly calibrated by traceable external standards every time the 5700A/5720A Series II is calibrated. • The internal ac/dc transfer standard is never adjusted, so its traceability is not disturbed by calibration. Infrequent verification is done in the traditional way, by comparing selected ac voltage outputs with an external dc voltage standard through an external ac/dc transfer standard. Fluke recommends this be done every two years, or as determined by the policy of your organization. • Infrequent independent verification is also performed on stable parameters, such as frequency flatness, determined more by circuit geometry and dielectric constants than time. 1-18. Calibration Reports The calibrator stores two sets of calibration constants: the set currently in use and the old set from the previous calibration. This gives the calibrator the ability at any time to produce a calibration report of the differences between the present settings and the settings that were in effect before the last calibration. The report shows changes for each range and function in +/- ppm of range and in percentage of specification limit. You can print the report or send it to a host computer through either the RS-232-C or IEEE-488 interface. If you request a calibration report after doing calibration but before saving the new constants, the report shows proposed changes to the calibration constants relative to the previously stored settings. 1-19. Calibration Check Checking the calibration takes about an hour, and provides you with a means of documenting the calibrator’s performance of a between calibrations. Calibration checking 1-10 Introduction and Specifications Developing a Performance History 1 is similar to calibration, except internal check standards are used as primary references (no external standards are needed), and changes cannot be stored. The process produces a report similar to normal calibration, showing drift relative to internal check standards. Because cal check does not change stored calibration constants, there is no need to enable the rear panel CALIBRATION switch. Therefore, an external computer can do the procedure unattended. 1-20. Developing a Performance History A Fluke specification is a set of performance limits that all products must meet. To maintain consistent quality, Fluke calibrators are specified with enough margin to include temperature, line, and load extremes, plus additional margin for production. This means that a typical 5700A/5720A Series II calibrator in a typical environment operates inside 50% of specification limits. For some exacting applications, it can be helpful to know just how accurately a particular calibrator operates. The proper way to do this is to accumulate a performance history by calibrating regularly and recording results on a control chart. Calibrating regularly and recording the results on a control chart is tedious and requires a large array of equipment. The calibrator’s calibration check feature is an alternative with some distinct advantages: • Calibrated check standards are already programmed into the unit. You do not have to use external standards. • The process is consistent and automatic: it does not require an operator’s assistance. Each calibration check produces a new set of data points for accumulating a historical record. When this process is externally automated, significant history can be accumulated much faster than with a manual calibration. 1-21. Range Calibration After calibration, you can make further fine adjustments to each range. Range adjustments are optional; they are not necessary to meet total uncertainty specifications. However, they do allow you to align your calibrator closer to your standards. Before you do range calibration, you must first use the calibrator’s semi-automated calibration procedure. This is to calibrate the ranges that will not be adjusted. It also performs an initial adjustment for each range, and supplies flatness corrections for ac functions. 1-22. DC Zeros Calibration To ensure the validity of the specifications, a dc zeros calibration must be performed at least every 30 days. If more than 30 days elapse without a dc zeros calibraiton a warning message appears. This procedure does not require any external equipment or connections and takes approximately 2.5 minutes to complete. 1-23. Specifications The 5700A/5720A Series II calibrators are verified and calibrated at the factory prior to shipment to ensure they meet the accuracy standards required for all certified calibration laboratories. By calibrating to the specifications in this chapter, you can maintain the high performance level throughout the life of your calibrator. 1-11 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Specifications are valid after a warm-up period of twice the time the calibrator has been turned off, up to a maximum of 30 minutes. For example, if the calibrator has been turned off for five minutes, the warm-up period is ten minutes. 1-24. Specification Confidence Levels You calibrator’s performance level is ensured by regular calibration to the primary performance specifications, which are provided at both the 99% and 95% confidence levels. The 95% confidence level will provide an accuracy that surpasses the accuracy requirements for meeting Tag 4 standards, or a coverage factor of 2. Calibration at the 99% confidence level is also available for those applications that require a confidence factor for the specifications that is higher than 95%. For information on selecting the confidence level, refer to Chapter 4. The tables in this chapter provide specifications at both the 95% and 99% confidence levels for the 5700A/5720A Series II calibrators. Included with these tables are operating specifications for using the calibrator with the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) and the 5725A Amplifier. 1-25. Using Absolute and Relative Uncertainty Specifications To evaluate the 5700A/5720A Series II coverage of your calibration workload, use the Absolute Uncertainty specifications. Absolute uncertainty includes stability, temperature coefficient, linearity, line and load regulation, and the traceability to external standards. You do not need to add anything to absolute uncertainty to determine the ratios between the calibrator’s uncertainties and the uncertainties of your calibration workload. Relative uncertainty specifications are provided for enhanced accuracy applications. These specifications apply when range constants are adjusted (see “Range Calibration”). To calculate absolute uncertainty, you must combine the uncertainties of your external standards and techniques with relative uncertainty. 1-26. Using Secondary Performance Specifications Secondary performance specifications and operating characteristics are included in uncertainty specifications. They are provided for special calibration requirements such as stability or linearity testing. 1-12 Introduction and Specifications General Specifications 1 1-27. General Specifications Standard Interfaces .............................................. IEEE-488, RS-232, 5725A, 5205A or 5215A, 5220A, phase lock in (BNC), phase reference out (BNC). Temperature Performance Operating ............................................................ 0 °C to 50 °C Calibration........................................................... 15 °C to 35 °C Storage ............................................................... -40 °C to 75 °C Relative Humidity Operating ............................................................ <80 % to 30 °C, <70 % to 40 °C, <40 % to 50 °C Storage ............................................................... <95 %, non-condensing. A power stabilization period of four days may be required after extended storage at high temperature and humidity. Safety ..................................................................... Designed to comply with UL3111; EN61010; CSA C22.2 No. 1010; ANSI/ISA S82.01-1994 Guard Isolation...................................................... 20 V EMI/RFI................................................................... Designed to comply with FCC Rules Part 15, Subpart B, Class B; EN50081-1, EN50082-1 ElectroStatic Discharge........................................ This instrument meets criteria C for ESD requirements per EN61326 Line Power Line Frequency .................................................. 47 to 63 Hz; ±10 % 100 V, 110 V, 115 V, 120 V, 200 V, 220 V, 230 V, 240 V Maximum Power 5700A/5720A .................................................. 300 VA 5725A ............................................................. 750 VA Weight 5700A/5720A ...................................................... 27 kg (62 lb) 5725A.................................................................. 32 kg (70 lb) Size 5700A/5720A Height ............................................................. 17.8 cm (7 in), standard rack increment, plus 1.5 cm (0.6 in) for feet Width............................................................... 43.2 cm (17 in), standard rack width Depth .............................................................. 63.0 cm (24.8 in), overall; 57.8 cm (22.7 in), rack depth 5725A Height ............................................................. 13.3 cm (5.25 in) Width and Depth ............................................. Same as 5700A/5720A. Both units project 5.1 cm (2 in) from rack front. 43.2 cm (17 in) 17.8 cm (7 in) 6.35 cm (2.5 in) 63 cm (24.8 in) FOR CABLE ACCESS 1-13 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1-28. Electrical Specifications Note Fluke guarantees performance verification using specifications stated to 99% confidence level. 1-29. DC Voltage Specifications 5720A Series II DC Voltage Specifications Relative Uncertainty Absolute Uncertainty [1] ± 1 °C ± 5 °C from calibration temperature Range Resolution 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days ± (ppm output + μV) 99 % Confidence Level 220 mV 10 nV 5 + 0.5 7 + 0.5 8 + 0.5 9 + 0.5 2 + 0.4 2.5 + 0.4 2.2 V 100 nV 3.5 + 0.8 4 + 0.8 4.5 + 0.8 6 + 0.8 2 + 0.8 2.5 + 0.8 11 V 2.5 + 3 3 + 3 3.5 + 3 4 + 3 1 + 3 1.5 + 3 1 μV 22 V 1 μV 2.5 + 5 3 + 5 3.5 + 5 4 + 5 1 + 5 1.5 + 5 220 V 10 μV 3.5 + 50 4 + 50 5 + 50 6 + 50 2 + 50 2.5 + 50 5 + 500 6 + 500 7 + 500 8 + 500 2.5 + 400 3 + 400 1100 V 100 μV 95 % Confidence Level 220 mV 10 nV 4 + 0.4 6 + 0.4 6.5 + 0.4 7.5 + 0.4 1.6 + 0.4 2 + 0.4 2.2 V 100 nV 3 + 0.7 3.5 + 0.7 4 + 0.7 5 + 0.7 1.6 + 0.7 2 + 0.7 2 + 2.5 2.5 + 2.5 3 + 2.5 3.5 + 2.5 0.8 + 2.5 1.2 + 2.5 11 V 1 μV 22 V 2 + 4 2.5 + 4 3 + 4 3.5 + 4 0.8 + 4 1.2 + 4 1 μV 220 V 3 + 40 3.5 + 40 4 + 40 5 + 40 1.6 + 40 2 + 40 10 μV 1100 V 4 + 400 4.5 + 400 6 + 400 6.5 + 400 2 + 400 2.4 + 400 100 μV Notes: DC Zeros calibration required every 30 days. 1. For fields strengths >1 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 0.01 % of range. 1-14 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 5700A Series II DC Voltage Specifications Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty [1] ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Range Resolution 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days ± (ppm output + μV) 99 % Confidence Level 220 mV 10 nV 6.5 + .75 7 + .75 8 + .75 9 + .8 2.5 + .5 4 + .5 2.2 V 100 nV 3.5 + 1.2 6 + 1.2 7 + 1.2 8 + 1.2 2.5 + 1.2 4 + 1.2 11 V 3.5 + 3 5 + 4 7 + 4 8 + 4 1.5 + 3 3.5 + 4 1 μV 22 V 3.5 + 6 5 + 8 7 + 8 8 + 8 1.5 + 6 3.5 + 8 1 μV 220 V 5 + 100 6 + 100 8 + 100 9 + 100 2.5 + 100 4 + 100 10 μV 1100 V 7 + 600 8 + 600 10 + 600 11 + 600 3 + 600 4.5 + 600 100 μV 95 % Confidence Level 220 mV 10 nV 5.5 + 0.6 6 + 0.6 7 + 0.6 8 + 0.6 2 + 0.4 3.5 + 0.4 2.2 V 100 nV 3.5 + 1 5 + 1 6 + 1 7 + 1 2 + 1 3.5 + 1 11 V 1 µV 3 + 3.5 4 + 3.5 6 + 3.5 7 + 3.5 1.2 + 3 3 + 3.5 22 V 1 µV 3 + 6.5 4 + 6.5 6 + 6.5 7 + 6.5 1.2 + 6 3 + 7 220 V 10 µV 4 + 80 5 + 80 7 + 80 8 + 80 2 + 80 3.5 + 80 1100 V 100 µV 6 + 500 7 + 500 8 + 500 9 + 500 2.4 + 500 4 + 500 Notes: DC Zeros calibration required every 30 days. 1. For fields strengths >1 V/m but ≤ 3 V/m, add 0.01 % of range. 1-15 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual DC Voltage Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics Temperature Coefficient Noise [2] [1] Adder Stability Linearity ± 1 °C 0 - 10 °C Bandwidth Bandwidth ± 1 °C Range 24 Hours and 0.1-10 Hz 10 Hz-10 kHz 10 - 40 °C 40 - 50 °C pk-pk RMS ± (ppm output + μV) ± (ppm output + μV) / °C ± (ppm output + μV) μV 220 mV 0.3 + 0.3 0.4 + 0.1 1.5 + 0.5 1 + 0.2 0.15 + 0.1 5 2.2 V 0.3 + 1 0.3 + 0.1 1.5 + 2 1 + 0.6 0.15 + 0.4 15 11 V 0.3 + 2.5 0.15 + 0.2 1 + 1.5 0.3 + 2 0.15 + 2 50 22 V 0.4 + 5 0.2 + 0.4 1.5 + 3 0.3 + 4 0.15 + 4 50 220 V 0.5 + 40 0.3 + 5 1.5 + 40 1 + 40 0.15 + 60 150 1100 V 0.5 + 200 0.5 + 10 3 + 200 1 + 200 0.15 + 300 500 Notes: 1. Stability specifications are included in the Absolute Uncertainty values in the primary specification tables. 2. Temperature coefficient is an adder to uncertainty specifications that does not apply unless operating more than ±5 °C from calibration temperature. Minimum Output .................................................. 0 V for all ranges, except 100 V for 1100 V range Maximum Load ..................................................... 50 mA for 2.2 V through 220 V ranges; 20 mA for 1100 V range; 50 Ω output impedance on 220 mV range; all ranges <1000 pF, >25 Ω Load Regulation ................................................... <(0.2 ppm of output + 0.1 ppm of range), full load to no load Line Regulation .................................................... <0.1 ppm change, ± 10 % of selected nominal line Settling Time ........................................................ 3 seconds to full accuracy; + 1 second for range or polarity change; + 1 second for 1100 V range Overshoot ............................................................. <5 % Common Mode Rejection .................................... 140 dB, DC to 400 Hz Remote Sensing .................................................. Available 0 V to ±1100 V, on 2.2 V through 1100 V ranges 1-16 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 1-30. AC Voltage Specifications 5720A Series II AC Voltage Specifications: 99% Confidence Level Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Frequency Range Resolution 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days (Hz) ± (ppm output + μV) 2.2 mV 1 nV 10 - 20 250 + 5 270 + 5 290 + 5 300 + 5 250 + 5 270 + 5 20 - 40 100 + 5 105 + 5 110 + 5 115 + 5 100 + 5 105 + 5 40 - 20 k 85 + 5 90 + 5 95 + 5 100 + 5 60 + 5 65 + 5 20 k - 50 k 220 + 5 230 + 5 240 + 5 250 + 5 85 + 5 95 + 5 50 k - 100 k 500 + 6 540 + 6 570 + 6 600 + 6 200 + 6 220 + 6 100 k - 300 k 1000 + 12 1200 + 12 1250 + 12 1300 + 12 350 + 12 400 + 12 300 k - 500 k 1400 + 25 1500 + 25 1600 + 25 1700 + 25 800 + 25 1000 + 25 500 k - 1 M 2900 + 25 3100 + 25 3250 + 25 3400 + 25 2700 + 25 3000 + 25 22 mV 10 nV 10 - 20 250 + 5 270 + 5 290 + 5 300 + 5 250 + 5 270 + 5 20 - 40 100 + 5 105 + 5 110 + 5 115 + 5 100 + 5 105 + 5 40 - 20 k 85 + 5 90 + 5 95 + 5 100 + 5 60 + 5 65 + 5 20 k - 50 k 220 + 5 230 + 5 240 + 5 250 + 5 85 + 5 95 + 5 50 k - 100 k 500 + 6 540 + 6 570 + 6 600 + 6 200 + 6 220 + 6 100 k - 300 k 1000 + 12 1200 + 12 1250 + 12 1300 + 12 350 + 12 400 + 12 300 k - 500 k 1400 + 25 1500 + 25 1600 + 25 1700 + 25 800 + 25 1000 + 25 500 k - 1 M 2900 + 25 3100 + 25 3250 + 25 3400 + 25 2700 + 25 3000 + 25 220 mV 100 nV 10 - 20 250 + 15 270 + 15 290 + 15 300 + 15 250 + 15 270 + 15 20 - 40 100 + 8 105 + 8 110 + 8 115 + 8 100 + 8 105 + 8 40 - 20 k 85 + 8 90 + 8 95 + 8 100 + 8 60 + 8 65 + 8 20 k - 50 k 220 + 8 230 + 8 240 + 8 250 + 8 85 + 8 95 + 8 50 k - 100 k 500 + 20 540 + 20 570 + 20 600 + 20 200 + 20 220 + 20 100 k - 300 k 850 + 25 900 + 25 1000 + 25 1100 + 25 350 + 25 400 + 25 300 k - 500 k 1400 + 30 1500 + 30 1600 + 30 1700 + 30 800 + 30 1000 + 30 500 k - 1 M 2700 + 60 2900 + 60 3100 + 60 3300 + 60 2600 + 60 2800 + 60 2.2 V 1 µV 10 - 20 250 + 50 270 + 50 290 + 50 300 + 50 250 + 50 270 + 50 20 - 40 95 + 20 100 + 20 105 + 20 110 + 20 95 + 20 100 + 20 40 - 20 k 45 + 10 47 + 10 50 + 10 52 + 10 30 + 10 40 + 10 20 k - 50 k 80 + 12 85 + 12 87 + 12 90 + 12 70 + 12 75 + 12 50 k - 100 k 120 + 40 125 + 40 127 + 40 130 + 40 100 + 40 105 + 40 100 k - 300 k 380 + 100 420 + 100 460 + 100 500 + 100 270 + 100 290 + 100 300 k - 500 k 1000 + 250 1100 + 250 1150 + 250 1200 + 250 900 + 250 1000 + 250 500 k - 1 M 1600 + 400 1800 + 600 1900 + 400 2000 + 400 1200 + 400 1300 + 400 22 V 10 µV 10 - 20 250 + 500 270 + 500 290 + 500 300 + 500 250 + 500 270 + 500 20 - 40 95 + 200 100 + 200 105 + 200 110 + 200 95 + 200 100 + 200 40 - 20 k 45 + 70 47 + 70 50 + 70 52 + 70 30 + 70 40 + 70 20 k - 50 k 80 + 120 85 + 120 87 + 120 90 + 120 70 + 120 75 + 120 50 k - 100 k 110 + 250 115 + 250 117 + 250 120 + 250 100 + 250 105 + 250 100 k - 300 k 300 + 800 310 + 800 320 + 800 325 + 800 270 + 800 290 + 800 300 k - 500 k 1000 + 2500 1100 + 2500 1150 + 2500 1200 + 2500 900 + 2500 1000 + 2500 500 k - 1 M 1500 + 4000 1600 + 4000 1700 + 4000 1800 + 4000 1300 + 4000 1400 + 4000 ± (ppm output + mV) [2] 10 - 20 250 + 5 270 + 5 290 + 5 300 + 5 250 + 5 270 + 5 220 V 100 µV 20 - 40 95 + 2 100 + 2 105 + 2 110 + 2 95 + 2 100 + 2 40 - 20 k 57 + 0.7 60 + 0.7 62 + 0.7 65 + 0.7 45 + 0.7 50 + 0.7 20 k - 50 k 90 + 1.2 95 + 1.2 97 + 1.2 100 + 1.2 75 + 1.2 80 + 1.2 50 k - 100 k 160 + 3 170 + 3 175 + 3 180 + 3 140 + 3 150 + 3 100 k - 300 k 900 + 20 1000 + 20 1050 + 20 1100 + 20 600 + 20 700 + 20 300 k - 500 k 5000 + 50 5200 + 50 5300 + 50 5400 + 50 4500 + 50 4700 + 50 500 k - 1 M 8000 + 100 9000 + 100 9500 + 100 10,000 + 100 8000 + 100 8500 + 100 [1] 15 - 50 300 + 20 320 + 20 340 + 20 360 + 20 300 + 20 320 + 20 1100 V 1 mV 1-17 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 50 - 1 k 70 + 4 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4 5725A Amplifier: 1100 V 1 mV 40 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4 1 k - 20 k 105 + 6 125 + 6 135 + 6 165 + 6 85 + 6 105 + 6 20 k - 30 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11 750 V 30 k - 50 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11 50 k - 100k 600 + 45 1300 + 45 1600 + 45 2300 + 45 380 + 45 1200 + 45 Notes: 1. Maximum output 250 V from 15-50 Hz. 2. See Volt-Hertz capability in Figure A. 1-18 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 5720A Series II AC Voltage Specifications: 95 % Confidence Level Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Frequency Range Resolution (Hz) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days ± (ppm output + μV) 2.2 mV 1 nV 10 - 20 200 + 4 220 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 200 + 4 220 + 4 20 - 40 80 + 4 85 + 4 87 + 4 90 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 40 - 20 k 70 + 4 75 + 4 77 + 4 80 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4 20 k - 50 k 170 + 4 180 + 4 190 + 4 200 + 4 70 + 4 80 + 4 50 k - 100 k 400 + 5 460 + 5 480 + 5 500 + 5 160 + 5 180 + 5 100 k - 300 k 300 + 10 900 + 10 1000 + 10 1050 + 10 280 + 10 320 + 10 300 k - 500 k 1100 + 20 1200 + 20 1300 + 20 1400 + 20 650 + 20 800 + 20 500 k - 1 M 2400 + 20 2500 + 20 2600 + 20 2700 + 20 2100 + 20 2400 + 20 22 mV 10 nV 10 - 20 200 + 4 220 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 200 + 4 220 + 4 20 - 40 80 + 4 85 + 4 87 + 4 90 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 40 - 20 k 70 + 4 75 + 4 77 + 4 80 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4 20 k - 50 k 170 + 4 180 + 4 190 + 4 200 + 4 70 + 4 80 + 4 50 k - 100 k 400 + 5 460 + 5 480 + 5 500 + 5 160 + 5 180 + 5 100 k - 300 k 300 + 10 900 + 10 1000 + 10 1050 + 10 280 + 10 320 + 10 300 k - 500 k 1100 + 20 1200 + 20 1300 + 20 1400 + 20 650 + 20 800 + 20 500 k - 1 M 2400 + 20 2500 + 20 2600 + 20 2700 + 20 2100 + 20 2400 + 20 220 mV 100 nV 10 - 20 200 + 12 220 + 12 230 + 12 240 + 12 200 + 12 220 + 12 20 - 40 80 + 7 85 + 7 87 + 7 90 + 7 80 + 7 85 + 7 40 - 20 k 70 + 7 75 + 7 77 + 7 80 + 7 50 + 7 55 + 7 20 k - 50 k 170 + 7 180 + 7 190 + 7 200 + 7 70 + 7 80 + 7 50 k - 100 k 400 + 17 420 + 17 440 + 17 460 + 17 160 + 17 180 + 17 100 k - 300 k 700 + 20 750 + 20 800 + 20 900 + 20 280 + 20 320 + 20 300 k - 500 k 1100 + 25 1200 +25 1300 + 25 1400 + 25 650 + 25 800 + 25 500 k - 1 M 2400 + 45 2500 + 45 2600 + 45 2700 + 45 2100 + 45 2400 + 45 2.2 V 1 mV 10 - 20 200 + 40 220 + 40 230 + 40 240 + 40 200 + 40 220 + 40 20 - 40 75 + 15 80 + 15 85 + 15 90 + 15 75 + 15 80 + 15 40 - 20 k 37 + 8 40 + 8 42 + 8 45 + 8 25 + 8 35 + 8 20 k - 50 k 65 + 10 70 + 10 73 + 10 75 + 10 55 + 10 60 + 10 50 k - 100 k 100 + 30 105 + 30 107 + 30 110 + 30 80 + 30 85 + 30 100 k - 300 k 300 + 80 340 + 80 380 + 80 420 + 80 230 + 80 250 + 80 300 k - 500 k 800 + 200 900 + 200 950 + 200 1000 + 200 700 + 200 800 + 200 500 k - 1 M 1300 + 300 1500 + 300 1600 + 300 1700 + 300 1000 + 300 1100 + 300 22 V 10 mV 10 - 20 200 + 400 220 + 400 230 + 400 240 + 400 200 + 400 220 + 400 20 - 40 75 + 150 80 + 150 85 + 150 90 + 150 75 + 150 80 + 150 40 - 20k 37 + 50 40 + 50 42 + 50 45 + 50 25 + 50 35 + 50 20k - 50k 65 + 100 70 + 100 73 + 100 75 + 100 55 + 100 60 + 100 50k - 100k 90 + 200 95 + 200 97 + 200 100 + 200 80 + 200 85 + 200 100k - 300k 250 + 600 260 + 600 270 + 600 275 + 600 250 + 600 270 + 600 300k - 500k 800 + 2000 900 + 2000 900 + 2000 1000 + 2000 700 + 2000 800 + 2000 500k - 1M 1200 + 3200 1300 + 3200 1400 + 3200 1500 + 3200 1100 + 3200 1200 + 3200 ± (ppm output + mV) [2] 220 V 100 mV 10 - 20 200 +4 220 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 200 + 4 220 + 4 20 - 40 75 + 1.5 80 + 1.5 85 + 1.5 90 + 1.5 75 + 1.5 80 + 1.5 40 - 20 k 45 + 0.6 47 + 0.6 50 + 0.6 52 + 0.6 35 + 0.6 40 + 0.6 20 k - 50 k 70 + 1 75 + 1 77 + 1 80 + 1 60 + 1 65 + 1 50 k - 100 k 120 + 2.5 130 + 2.5 140 + 2.5 150 + 2.5 110 + 2.5 120 + 2.5 100 k - 300 k 700 + 16 800 + 16 850 + 16 900 + 16 500 + 16 600 + 16 300 k - 500 k 4000 + 40 4200 + 40 4300 + 40 4400 + 40 3600 + 40 3800 + 40 500 k - 1 M 6000 + 80 7000 + 80 7500 + 80 8000 + 80 6500 + 80 7000 + 80 [1] 1100 V 1 mV 15 - 50 240 + 16 260 + 16 280 + 16 300 + 16 240 + 16 260 + 16 50 - 1 k 55 + 3.5 60 + 3.5 65 + 3.5 70 + 3.5 40 + 3.5 45 + 3.5 1-19 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 5725A Amplifier: 1100 V 1 mV 40 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4 1 k - 20 k 105 + 6 125 + 6 135 + 6 165 + 6 85 + 6 105 + 6 20 k - 30 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11 750 V 30 k - 50 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11 50 k - 100 k 600 + 45 1300 + 45 1600 + 45 2300 + 45 380 + 45 1200 + 45 Notes: 1. Maximum output 250 V from 15-50 Hz. 2. See Volt-Hertz capability in Figure A. 1-20 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 5700A Series II AC Voltage Specifications: 99 % Confidence Level Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Frequency Range Resolution (Hz) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days ± (ppm output + μV) 2.2 mV 1 nV 10 - 20 500 + 5 550 + 5 600 + 5 600 + 5 500 + 5 550 + 5 20 - 40 200 + 5 220 + 5 230 + 5 240 + 5 200 + 5 220 + 5 40 - 20 k 100 + 5 110 + 5 120 + 5 120 + 5 60 + 5 65 + 5 20 k - 50 k 340 + 5 370 + 5 390 + 5 410 + 5 100 + 5 110 + 5 50 k - 100 k 800 + 8 900 + 8 950 + 8 950 + 8 220 + 8 240 + 8 100 k - 300 k 1100 + 15 1200 + 15 1300 + 15 1300 + 15 400 + 15 440 + 15 300 k - 500 k 1500 + 30 1700 + 30 1700 + 30 1800 + 30 1000 + 30 1100 + 30 500 k - 1 M 4000 + 40 4400 + 40 4700 + 40 4800 + 40 400 + 30 4400 + 30 22 mV 10 nV 10 - 20 500 + 6 550 + 6 600 + 6 600 + 6 500 + 6 550 + 6 20 - 40 200 + 6 220 + 6 230 + 6 240 + 6 200 + 6 220 + 6 40 - 20 k 100 + 6 110 + 6 120 + 6 120 + 6 60 + 6 65 + 6 20 k - 50 k 340 + 6 370 + 6 390 + 6 410 + 6 100 + 6 110 + 6 50 k - 100 k 800 + 8 900 + 8 950 + 8 950 + 8 220 + 8 240 + 8 100 k - 300 k 1100 + 15 1200 + 15 1300 + 15 1300 + 15 400 + 15 440 + 15 300 k - 500 k 1500 + 30 1700 + 30 1700 + 30 1800 + 30 1000 + 30 1100 + 30 500 k - 1 M 4000 + 40 4400 + 40 4700 + 40 4800 + 40 4000 + 30 4400 + 30 220 mV 100 nV 10 - 20 500 + 16 550 + 16 600 + 16 600 + 16 500 + 16 550 + 16 20 - 40 200 + 10 220 + 10 230 + 10 240 + 10 200 + 10 220 + 10 40 - 20 k 95 + 10 100 + 10 110 + 10 110 + 10 60 + 10 65 + 10 20 k - 50 k 300 + 10 330 + 10 350 + 10 360 + 10 100 + 10 110 + 10 50 k - 100 k 750 + 30 800 + 30 850 + 30 900 + 30 220 + 30 240 + 30 100 k - 300 k 940 + 30 1000 + 30 1100 + 30 1100 + 30 400 + 30 440 + 30 300 k - 500 k 1500 + 40 1700 + 40 1700 + 40 1800 + 40 1000 + 40 1100 + 40 500 k - 1 M 3000 + 100 3300 + 100 3500 + 100 3600 + 100 3000 + 100 3300 + 100 2.2 V 1 mV 10 - 20 500 + 100 550 + 100 600 + 100 600 + 100 500 + 100 550 + 100 20 - 40 150 + 30 170 + 30 170 + 30 180 + 30 150 + 30 170 + 30 40 - 20 k 70 + 7 75 + 7 80 + 7 85 + 7 40 + 7 45 + 7 20 k - 50 k 120 + 20 130 + 20 140 + 20 140 + 20 100 + 20 110 + 20 50 k - 100 k 230 + 80 250 + 80 270 + 80 280 + 80 200 + 80 220 + 80 100 k - 300 k 400 + 150 440 + 150 470 + 150 480 + 150 400 + 150 440 + 150 300 k - 500 k 1000 + 400 1100 + 400 1200 + 400 1200 + 400 1000 + 400 1100 + 400 500 k - 1 M 2000 + 1000 2200 + 1000 2300 + 1000 2400 + 1000 2000 + 1000 2200 + 1000 22 V 10 mV 10 - 20 500 + 1000 550 + 1000 600 + 1000 600 + 1000 500 + 1000 550 + 1000 20 - 40 150 + 300 170 + 300 170 + 300 180 + 300 150 + 300 170 + 300 40 - 20 k 70 + 70 75 + 70 80 + 70 85 + 70 40 + 70 45 + 70 20 k - 50 k 120 + 200 130 + 200 140 + 200 140 + 200 100 + 200 110 + 200 50 k - 100 k 230 + 400 250 + 400 270 + 400 280 + 400 200 + 400 220 + 400 100 k - 300 k 500 + 1700 550 + 1700 550 + 1700 600 + 1700 500 + 1700 550 + 1700 300 k - 500 k 1200 + 5000 1300 + 5000 1300 + 5000 1400 + 5000 1200 + 5000 1300 + 5000 500 k - 1 M 2600 + 9000 2800 + 9000 2900 + 9000 3000 + 9000 2600 + 9000 2800 + 9000 ± (ppm output + mV) [2] 10 - 20 500 + 10 550 + 10 600 + 10 600 + 10 500 + 10 550 + 10 220 V 100 mV 20 - 40 150 + 3 170 + 3 170 + 3 180 + 3 150 + 3 170 + 3 40 - 20 k 75 + 1 80 + 1 85 + 1 90 + 1 45 + 1 50 + 1 20 k - 50 k 200 + 4 220 + 4 240 + 4 250 + 4 100 + 1 110 + 1 50 k - 100 k 500 + 10 550 + 10 600 + 10 600 + 10 300 + 10 330 + 10 100 k - 300 k 1500 + 110 1500 + 110 1600 + 110 1600 + 110 1500 + 110 1500 + 100 300 k - 500 k 5000 + 110 5200 + 110 5300 + 110 5400 + 110 5000 + 110 5200 + 110 500 k - 1 M 12,000 + 220 12,500 + 220 12,500 + 220 13,000 + 220 12,000 + 220 12,000 + 220 [1] 15 - 50 400 + 20 420 + 20 440 + 20 460 + 20 400 + 20 420 + 20 1100 V 1 mV 50 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4 1-21 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 5725A Amplifier: 1100 V 1 mV 40 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4 1 k - 20 k 105 + 6 125 + 6 135 + 6 165 + 6 85 + 6 105 + 6 20 k - 30 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11 750 V 30 k - 50 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11 50 k - 100 k 600 + 45 1300 + 45 1600 + 45 2300 + 45 380 + 45 1200 + 45 Notes: 1. Maximum output 250 V from 15-50 Hz. 2. See Volt-Hertz capability in Figure A. 1-22 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 5700A Series II AC Voltage Specifications: 95 % Confidence Level Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Frequency Range Resolution (Hz) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days ± (ppm output + μV) 2.2 mV 1 nV 10 - 20 400 + 4.5 500 + 4.5 530 + 4.5 550 + 4.5 400 + 4.5 500 + 4.5 20 - 40 170 + 4.5 190 + 4.5 200 + 4.5 210 + 4.5 170 + 4.5 190 + 4.5 40 - 20 k 85 + 4.5 95 + 4.5 100 + 4.5 105 + 4.5 55 + 4.5 60 + 4.5 20 k - 50 k 300 + 4.5 330 + 4.5 350 + 4.5 370 + 4.5 90 + 4.5 100 + 4.5 50 k - 100 k 700 + 7 750 + 7 800 + 7 850 + 7 210 + 7 230 + 7 100 k - 300 k 900 + 13 1000 + 13 1050 + 13 1100 + 13 380 + 13 420 + 13 300 k - 500 k 1300 + 25 1500 + 25 1600 + 25 1700 + 25 900 + 25 1000 + 25 500 k - 1 M 2800 + 25 3100 + 25 3300 + 25 3400 + 25 2900 + 25 3200 + 25 22 mV 10 nV 10 - 20 400 + 5 500 + 5 530 + 5 550 + 5 400 + 5 500 + 5 20 - 40 170 + 5 190 + 5 200 + 5 210 + 5 170 + 5 190 + 5 40 - 20 k 85 + 5 95 + 5 100 + 5 105 + 5 55 + 5 60 + 5 20 k - 50 k 300 + 5 330 + 5 350 + 5 370 + 5 90 + 5 100 + 5 50 k - 100 k 700 + 7 750 + 7 800 + 7 850 + 7 210 + 7 230 + 7 100 k - 300 k 900 + 12 1000 + 12 1050 + 12 1100 + 12 380 + 12 420 + 12 300 k - 500 k 1300 + 25 1500 + 25 1600 + 25 1700 + 25 900 + 25 1000 + 25 500 k - 1 M 2800 + 25 3100 + 25 3300 + 25 3400 + 25 2900 + 25 3200 + 25 220 mV 100 nV 10 - 20 400 + 13 500 + 13 530 + 13 550 + 13 400 + 13 500 + 13 20 - 40 170 + 8 190 + 8 200 + 8 210 + 8 170 + 8 190 + 8 40 - 20 k 85 + 8 95 + 8 100 + 8 105 + 8 55 + 8 60 + 8 20 k - 50 k 250 + 8 280 + 8 300 + 8 320 + 8 90 + 8 100 + 8 50 k - 100 k 700 + 25 750 + 25 800 + 25 850 + 25 210 + 25 230 + 25 100 k - 300 k 900 + 25 1000 + 25 1050 + 25 1100 + 25 380 + 25 420 + 25 300 k - 500 k 1300 + 35 1500 + 35 1600 + 35 1700 + 35 900 + 35 1000 + 35 500 k - 1 M 2800 + 80 3100 + 80 3300 + 80 3400 + 80 2900 + 80 3200 + 80 2.2 V 1 mV 10 - 20 400 + 80 450 + 80 480 + 80 500 + 80 400 + 80 450 + 80 20 - 40 130 + 25 140 + 25 150 + 25 160 + 25 130 + 25 140 + 25 40 - 20 k 60 + 6 65 + 6 70 + 6 75 + 6 35 + 6 40 + 6 20 k - 50 k 105 + 16 110 + 16 115 + 16 120 + 16 85 + 16 95 + 16 50 k - 100 k 190 + 70 210 + 70 230 + 70 250 + 70 170 + 70 190 + 70 100 k - 300 k 350 + 130 390 + 130 420 + 130 430 + 130 340 + 130 380 + 130 300 k - 500 k 850 + 350 950 + 350 1000 + 350 1050 + 350 850 + 350 950 + 350 500 k - 1 M 1700 + 850 1900 + 850 2100 + 850 2200 + 850 1700 + 850 1900 + 850 22 V 10 mV 10 - 20 400 + 800 450 + 800 480 + 800 500 + 800 400 + 800 450 + 800 20 - 40 130 + 250 140 + 250 150 + 250 160 + 250 130 + 250 140 + 250 40 - 20 k 60 + 60 65 + 60 70 + 60 75 + 60 35 + 60 40 + 60 20 k - 50 k 105 + 160 110 + 160 115 + 160 120 + 160 85 + 160 95 + 160 50 k - 100 k 190 + 350 210 + 350 230 + 350 250 + 350 170 + 350 190 + 350 100 k - 300 k 400 + 1500 450 + 1500 470 + 1500 500 + 1500 400 + 1500 450 + 1500 300 k - 500 k 1050 + 4300 1150 + 4300 1200 + 4300 1250 + 4300 1000 + 4300 1100 + 4300 500 k - 1 M 2300 + 8500 2500 + 8500 2600 + 8500 2700 + 8500 2200 + 8500 2400 + 8500 ± (ppm output + mV) [2] 10 - 20 400 + 8 450 + 8 480 + 8 500 + 8 400 + 8 450 + 8 220 V 100 mV 20 - 40 130 + 2.5 140 + 2.5 150 + 2.5 160 + 2.5 130 + 2.5 140 + 2.5 40 - 20 k 65 + 0.8 70 + 0.8 75 + 0.8 80 + 0.8 40 + 0.8 45 + 0.8 20 k - 50 k 170 + 3.5 190 + 3.5 210 + 3.5 220 + 3.5 85 + 3.5 95 + 3.5 50 k - 100 k 400 + 8 450 + 8 480 + 8 500 + 8 270 + 8 300 + 8 100 k - 300 k 1300 + 90 1400 + 90 1450 + 90 1500 + 90 1200 + 90 1300 + 90 300 k - 500 k 4300 + 90 4500 + 90 4600 + 90 4700 + 90 4200 + 90 4500 + 90 500 k - 1 M 10,500 + 190 11,000 + 190 11,300 + 190 11,500 + 190 10,500 + 190 11,000 + 190 [1] 15 - 50 340 + 16 360 + 16 380 + 16 400 + 16 340 + 16 360 + 16 1100 V 1 mV 50 - 1 k 65 + 3.5 70 + 3.5 75 + 3.5 80 + 3.5 45 + 3.5 50 + 3.5 1-23 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 5725A Amplifier: 1100 V 1 mV 40 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4 1 k - 20 k 105 + 6 125 + 6 135 + 6 165 + 6 85 + 6 105 + 6 20 k - 30 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11 750 V 30 k - 50 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11 50 k - 100 k 600 + 45 1300 + 45 1600 + 45 2300 + 45 380 + 45 1200 + 45 Notes: 1. Maximum output 250 V from 15-50 Hz. 2. See Volt-Hertz capability in Figure A. 1-24 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 AC Voltage Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics Temperature Coefficient Maximum Stability Distortion [1] 0 - 10 °C ± 1 °C Frequency Output Impedance Bandwidth Range 10 - 40 °C and 24 Hours (Hz) (Ω) 10 Hz-10 MHz 40 - 50 °C ± μV ±μV / °C ± (% output + μV) 2.2 mV 10 - 20 5 0.05 0.05 50 0.05 + 10 20 - 40 5 0.05 0.05 0.035 + 10 40 - 20 k 2 0.05 0.05 0.035 + 10 20 k - 50 k 2 0.1 0.1 0.035 + 10 50 k - 100 k 3 0.2 0.2 0.035 + 30 100 k - 300 k 3 0.3 0.3 0.3 + 30 300 k - 500 k 5 0.4 0.4 0.3 + 30 500 k - 1 M 5 0.5 0.5 2 + 50 22 mV 10 - 20 5 0.2 0.3 50 0.05 + 11 20 - 40 5 0.2 0.3 0.035 + 11 40 - 20 k 2 0.2 0.3 0.035 + 11 20 k - 50 k 2 0.4 0.5 0.035 + 11 50 k - 100 k 3 0.5 0.5 0.035 + 30 100 k - 300 k 5 0.6 0.6 0.3 + 30 300 k - 500 k 10 1 1 0.3 + 30 500 k - 1 M 15 1 1 2 + 30 ± (ppm output ± (ppm output μV) / °C + μV) 220 mV 10 - 20 150 + 20 2 + 1 2 + 1 50 0.05 + 16 20 - 40 80 + 15 2 + 1 2 + 1 0.035 + 16 40 - 20 k 12 + 2 2 + 1 2 + 1 0.035 + 16 20 k - 50 k 10 + 2 15 + 2 15 + 2 0.035 + 16 50 k - 100 k 10 + 2 15 + 4 15 + 4 0.035 + 30 100 k - 300 k 20 + 4 80 + 5 80 + 5 0.3 + 30 300 k - 500 k 100 + 10 80 + 5 80 + 5 0.3 + 30 500 k - 1 M 200 + 20 80 + 5 80 + 5 1 + 30 Load Regulation ±(ppm output+ μV) 2.2 V 10 - 20 150 + 20 50 + 10 50 + 10 10 + 2 0.05 + 80 20 - 40 80 + 15 15 + 5 15 + 5 10 + 2 0.035 + 80 40 - 20 k 12 + 4 2 + 1 5 + 2 10 + 4 0.035 + 80 20 k - 50 k 15 + 5 10 + 2 15 + 4 30 + 10 0.035 + 80 50 k - 100 k 15 + 5 10 + 4 20 + 4 120 + 16 0.035 + 110 100 k - 300 k 30 + 10 80 + 15 80 + 15 300 ppm 0.3 + 110 300 k - 500 k 70 + 20 80 + 40 80 + 40 600 ppm 0.5 + 110 500 k - 1 M 150 + 50 80 + 100 80 + 100 1200 ppm 1 + 110 22 V 10 - 20 150 + 20 50 + 100 50 + 100 10 + 20 0.05 + 700 20 - 40 80 + 15 15 + 30 15 + 40 10 + 20 0.035 + 700 40 - 20 k 12 + 8 2 + 10 4 + 15 10 + 30 0.035 + 700 20 k - 50 k 15 + 10 10 + 20 20 + 20 30 + 50 0.035 + 700 50 k - 100 k 15 + 10 10 + 40 20 + 40 80 + 80 0.05 + 800 100 k - 300 k 30 + 15 80 + 150 80 + 150 100 + 700 0.3 + 800 300 k - 500 k 70 + 100 80 + 300 80 + 300 200 + 1100 0.3 + 800 500 k - 1 M 150 + 100 80 + 500 80 + 500 600 + 3000 2 + 800 220 V 10 - 20 150 + 200 50 + 1000 50 + 1000 10 + 200 0.05 + 10,000 20 - 40 80 + 150 15 + 300 15 + 300 10 + 200 0.05 + 10,000 40 - 20 k 12 + 80 2 + 80 4 + 80 10 + 300 0.05 + 10,000 20 k - 50 k 15 + 100 10 + 100 20 + 100 30 + .600 0.05 + 10,000 50 k - 100 k 15 + 100 10 + 500 20 + 500 80 + 3,000 0.2 + 50,000 100 k - 300 k 30 + 400 80 + 600 80 + 600 250 + 25,000 1.5 + 50,000 300 k - 500 k 100 + 10,000 80 + 800 80 + 800 500 + 50,000 1.5 + 50,000 500 k - 1 M 200 + 20,000 80 + 1000 80 + 1000 1000 + 110,000 3.5 + 100,000 ±(ppm output + ±(ppm output) / °C ±(ppm output + ±(% output) mV) mV) 1100 V 15 - 50 150 + 0.5 50 50 10 + 2 0.15 50 - 1 k 20 + 0.5 2 5 10 + 1 0.07 1-25 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 5725A Amplifier: Temperature Coefficient Distortion Stability Adder Bandwidth [2] [1] Load Regulation Range ± 1 °C Frequency 10 Hz -10 MHz 0 - 10 °C and (Hz) 10 - 40 °C 24 Hours 40 - 50 °C ±(% output) ±(ppm output + mV) ±(ppm output) / °C ±(ppm output + mV) 150 pF 1000 pF 1100 V 40 - 1 k 10 + .5 5 5 10 + 1 0.10 0.10 1 k - 20 k 15 + 2 5 5 90 + 6 0.10 0.15 20 k - 50 k 40 + 2 10 10 275 + 11 0.30 0.30 50 k - 100 k 130 + 2 30 30 500 + 30 0.40 0.40 Notes: 1. Stability specifications are included in Absolute Uncertainty values for the primary specifications. 2. The 5725A will drive up to 1000 pF of load capacitance. Uncertainty specifications include loads to 300 pF and 150 pF as shown under "Load Limits." For capacitances up to the maximum of 1000 pF, add "Load Regulation." Voltage Range Maximum Current Limits Load Limits [2] 2.2 V 50 mA, 0 °C-40 °C >50 Ω, 22 V 20 mA, 40 °C-50 °C 220 V 1000 pF 1100 V 6 mA 600 pF 5725A Amplifier: [1] 40 Hz-5 kHz 50 mA 1000 pF 1100 V 5 kHz-30 kHz 70 mA 300 pF [3] 30 kHz-100 kHz 70 mA 150 pF Notes: 1. The 5725A will drive up to 1000 pF of load capacitance. Uncertainty specifications include loads to 300 pF and 150 pF as shown under "Load Limits." For capacitances up to the maximum of 1000 pF, add "Load Regulation." 2. 2.2 V Range, 100 kHz-1.2 MHz only: uncertainty specifications cover loads to 10 mA or 1000 pF. For higher loads, load regulation is added. 3. Applies from 0 °C to 40 °C. Output Display Formats ....................................... Voltage or dBm, dBm reference 600 Ω. Minimum Output ................................................... 10 % on each range External Sense ...................................................... Selectable for 2.2 V, 22 V, 220 V, and 1100 V ranges; 5700A/5720A <100 kHz, 5725A <30 kHz Settling Time to Full Accuracy Frequency (Hz) Settling Time (seconds) <20 7 120-120 k 5 >120 k 2 Notes: Plus 1 second for amplitude or frequency range change Plus 2 seconds for 5700A/5720A 1100 V range Plus 4 seconds for 5725A 1100 V range 1-26 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 Overshoot .............................................................. <10 % Common Mode Rejection ....................................... 140 dB, DC to 400 Hz Frequency Ranges (Hz)........................................................ 10.000 - 119.99 0.1200 k - 1.1999 k 1.200 k - 11.999 k 12.00 k - 119.99 k 120.0 k - 1.1999 M Uncertainty.......................................................... ±0.01 % Resolution........................................................... 11.999 counts Phase Lock (Selectable Rear Panel BNC Input) Phase Uncertainty (except 1100 V range).......... >30 Hz: ±1 ° + 0.05 °/kHz), <30 Hz: ±3 ° Input Voltage....................................................... 1 V to 10 V rms sine wave (do not exceed 1 V for mV ranges) Frequency Range ............................................... 10 Hz to 1.1999 MHz Lock Range......................................................... ±2 % of frequency Lock-In Time ....................................................... Larger of 10/frequency or 10 msec Phase Reference (Selectable Rear Panel BNC Output) Range ................................................................. ±180 ° Phase Uncertainty (except 1100 V range).......... ±1 ° at quadrature points (0 °, ±90 °, ±180 °) elsewhere ±2 ° Stability ............................................................... ±0.1 ° Resolution........................................................... 1 ° Output Level........................................................ 2.5 V rms ±0.2 V Frequency Range ............................................... 50 kHz to 1 kHz, usable 10 Hz to 1.1999 MHz 10000 5700A/5720A 40 Hz 30 Hz 5725A 1000 7 2.2 x 10 V-Hz 15 Hz 100 Volt-Hertz Capability 10 5700A-03 3.5 V 0 10 Hz 50 Hz 1 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 30 MHz Frequency Figure A. 1-27 Voltage 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1-31. Resistance Specifications 5720A Series II Resistance Specifications Absolute Uncertainty of Characterized Value Relative Uncertainty [1] ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Nominal Value 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days (Ω) ±ppm 99 % Confidence Level 0 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 1 85 95 100 110 32 40 1.9 85 95 100 110 25 33 10 23 25 26 27 5 8 19 23 25 26 27 4 7 100 10 11 11.5 12 2 4 190 10 11 11.5 12 2 4 1 k 8 9 9.5 10 2 3 1.9 k 8 9 9.5 10 2 3 10 k 8 9 9.5 10 2 3 19 k 9 9 9.5 10 2 3 100 k 9 11 12 13 2 3 190 k 9 11 12 13 2 3 1 M 16 18 20 23 2.5 5 1.9 M 17 19 21 24 3 6 10 M 33 37 40 46 10 14 19 M 43 47 50 55 20 24 100 M 100 110 115 120 50 60 95 % Confidence Level 0 40 μΩ 40 μΩ 40 μΩ 40 μΩ 40 μΩ 40 μΩ 1 70 80 85 95 27 35 1.9 70 80 85 95 20 26 10 20 21 22 23 4 7 19 20 21 22 23 3.5 6 100 8 9 9.5 10 1.6 3.5 190 8 9 9.5 10 1.6 3.5 1 k 6.5 7.5 8 8.5 1.6 2.5 1.9 k 6.5 7.5 8 8.5 1.6 2.5 10 k 6.5 7.5 8 8.5 1.6 2.5 19 k 7.5 7.5 8 8.5 1.6 2.5 100 k 7.5 9 10 11 1.6 2.5 190 k 7.5 9 10 11 1.6 2.5 1 M 13 15 17 20 2 4 1.9 M 14 16 18 21 2.5 4 10 M 27 31 34 40 8 12 19 M 35 39 42 47 16 20 100 M 85 95 100 100 40 50 Note: 1. Specifications apply to displayed value. 4-wire connections, except 100 MΩ. 1-28 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 5700A Series II Resistance Specifications Absolute Uncertainty of Characterized Value Relative Uncertainty [1] ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Nominal Value 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days (Ω) ±ppm 99 % Confidence Level 0 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 1 85 95 100 110 32 40 1.9 85 95 100 110 25 33 10 26 28 30 33 5 8 19 24 26 28 31 4 7 100 15 17 18 20 2 4 190 15 17 18 20 2 4 1 k 11 12 13 15 2 3.5 1.9 k 11 12 13 15 2 3.5 10 k 9 11 12 14 2 3.5 19 k 9 11 12 14 2 3.5 100 k 11 13 14 16 2 3.5 190 k 11 13 14 16 2 3.5 1 M 16 18 20 23 2.5 5 1.9 M 17 19 21 24 3.5 6 10 M 33 37 40 46 10 14 19 M 43 47 50 55 20 24 100 M 110 120 125 130 50 60 95 % Confidence Level 0 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 1 70 80 85 95 32 40 1.9 70 80 85 95 25 33 10 21 23 27 28 5 8 19 20 22 24 27 4 7 100 13 14 15 17 2 4 190 13 14 15 17 2 4 1 k 9 10 11 13 2 3.5 1.9 k 9 10 11 13 2 3.5 10 k 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 2 3.5 19 k 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 2 3.5 100 k 9 11 12 14 2 3.5 190 k 9 11 12 14 2 3.5 1 M 13 15 17 20 2.5 5 1.9 M 14 16 18 21 3 6 10 M 27 31 34 40 10 14 19 M 35 39 42 47 20 24 100 M 90 100 105 110 50 60 Note: 1. Specifications apply to displayed value. 4-wire connections, except 100 MΩ. 1-29 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Resistance Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics Maximum Two-Wire Adder Temperature Coefficient Difference [2] Active Maximum Adder of Stability [4] Full Spec Load Compensation Peak Nominal [1] [3] Characterized ± 1 °C Range Current Value to Nominal 0 - 10 °C 24 Hours I - I L U Lead Resistance I (Ω) MAX and 10 - 40 °C Value (mA) (mA) 40 - 50 °C 0.1 Ω 1 Ω ±ppm ±ppm ±ppm/°C ±mΩ 0 8 - 500 500 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 μV 4 μV 2 + 4 + I I m m 1 32 4 5 8 - 100 700 500 4 μV 4 μV 2 + 4 + I I m m 1.9 25 6 7 8 - 100 500 500 4 μV 4 μV 2 + 4 + I I m m 10 5 2 3 8 - 11 220 300 4 μV 4 μV 2 + 4 + I I m m 19 4 2 3 8 - 11 160 300 4 μV 4 μV 2 + 4 + I I m m 100 2 2 3 8 - 11 70 150 4 μV 4 μV 2 + 4 + I I m m 190 2 2 3 8 - 11 50 150 4 μV 4 μV 2 + 4 + I I m m 1 k 2 2 3 1 - 2 22 150 10 15 1.9 k 2 2 3 1 - 1.5 16 150 10 15 10 k 2 2 3 7 150 50 60 100 - 500 μA 19 k 2 2 3 5 150 100 120 50 - 250 μA 100 k 2 2 3 1 150 I = Current produced 10 - 100 μA m by Ohmmeter (A) 190 k 2 2 3 150 5 - 50 μA 500 μA 1 M 2.5 2.5 6 200 5 - 20 μA 100 μA 1.9 M 3.5 3 10 200 2.5 - 10 μA 50 μA 10 M 10 5 20 300 0.5 - 2 μA 10 μA 19 M 20 8 40 0.25 - 1 μA 5 μA 300 100 M 50 12 100 50 - 200 nA 1 μA 500 Notes: 1. Stability specifications are included in the Absolute Uncertainty values in the primary specification tables. 2. Temperature coefficient is an adder to uncertainty specifications that does not apply unless operated more than 5 °C from calibration temperature, or calibrated outside the range 19 °C to 24 °C. Two examples: - Calibrate at 20 °C: Temperature coefficient adder is not required unless operated below 15 °C or above 25 °C. - Calibrate at 26 °C: Add 2 °C temperature coefficient adder. Additional temperature coefficient adder is not required unless operated below 21 °C or above 31 °C. 3. Refer to current derating factors table for loads outside of this range. 4. Active two-wire compensation may be selected for values less than 100 kΩ, with either the front panel or the meter input terminals as reference plane. Active compensation is limited to 11 mA load, and to 2 V burden. Two-wire compensation can be used only with Ω- meters that source continuous (not pulsed) dc current. 1-30 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 Current Derating Factors Value of Derating Factor K for Over or Under Current Nominal Value Two-Wire Comp Four-Wire Four-Wire (Ω) [1] [1] [2] I < I I < I I < I < I L L U MAX SHORT 4.4 0.3 ⎯ -5 1 4.4 300 4 x10 -4 1.9 4.4 160 1.5 x 10 -3 10 4.4 30 1.6 x 10 -3 19 4.4 16 3 x 10 -2 100 4.4 3.5 1 x 10 -2 190 4.4 2.5 1.9 x 10 1 k 4.4 0.4 0.1 1.9 k 4.4 0.4 0.19 10 k 5000 50 2.0 19 k 5000 50 3.8 -5 100 k ⎯ 7.5 2 x 10 -5 190 k ⎯ 4.0 3.8 x 10 -4 1 M ⎯ 1.0 1.5 x 10 -4 1.9 M ⎯ 0.53 2.9 x 10 -3 10 M ⎯ 0.2 1 x 10 -3 19 M ⎯ 0.53 1.9 x 10 100 M 0.1 ⎯ Notes: 1. For I < I , errors occur due to thermally generated voltages within the 5720A. Use the following equation to determine the error, L and add this error to the corresponding uncertainty or stability specification. Error = K(I - I)/( I x I) L L Where: Error is in mΩ for all two-wire comp values and four-wire short, and in ppm for the remaining four-wire values. K is the constant from the above table; I and I are expressed in mA for short to 1.9 kΩ; L I and I are expressed inμA for 10 kΩ to 100 MΩ L 2. For I < I < I errors occur due to self-heating of the resistors in the calibrator. Use the following equation to determine the U MAX error in ppm and add this error to the corresponding uncertainty or stability specification. 2 2 Error in ppm = K(I -I ) U Where: K is the constant from the above table; I and I are expressed in mA for short to 19 kΩ; U I and I are expressed in μA for 100 kΩ to 100 MΩ U 1-31 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1-32. DC Current Specifications 5720A Series II DC Current Specifications Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty ± 1 °C [2] Resolution ± 5 °C from calibration temperature Range 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days nA ± (ppm output + nA) 99 % Confidence Level 220 μA 0.1 40 + 7 42 + 7 45 + 7 50 + 7 24 + 2 26 + 2 1 30 + 8 35 + 8 37 + 8 40 + 8 24 + 5 26 + 5 2.2 mA 10 30 + 50 35 + 50 37 + 50 40 + 50 24 + 50 26 + 50 22 mA μA ± (ppm output + μA) [1] 220 mA 0.1 40 + 0.8 45 + 0.8 47 + 0.8 50 + 0.8 26 + 0.3 30 + 0.3 [1] 2.2 A 1 60 + 15 70 + 15 80 + 15 90 + 15 40 + 7 45 + 7 5725A Amplifier: 11 A 10 330 + 470 340 + 480 350 + 480 360 + 480 100 + 130 110 + 130 95 % Confidence Level nA ± (ppm output + nA) 0.1 32 + 6 35 + 6 37 + 6 40 + 6 20 + 1.6 22 + 1.6 220 μA 1 25 + 7 30 + 7 33 + 7 35 + 7 20 + 4 22 + 4 2.2 mA 22 mA 10 25 + 40 30 + 40 33 + 40 35 + 40 20 + 40 22 + 40 μA ± (ppm output + μA) [1] 220 mA 0.1 35 + 0.7 40 + 0.7 42 + 0.7 45 + 0.7 22 + 0.25 25 + 0.25 [1] 2.2 A 1 50 + 12 60 + 12 70 + 12 80 + 12 32 + 6 40 + 6 5725A Amplifier: 11 A 10 330 + 470 340 + 480 350 + 480 360 + 480 100 + 130 110 + 130 Note: Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 mA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of 1.3 when supplied through 5725A terminals. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations. 1. Add to uncertainty specifications: 2 ±200 x I ppm for >100 mA on 220 mA range 2 ±10 x I ppm for >1 A on 2.2 A range 2. For fields strengths >0.4 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 1 % of range. 1-32 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 5700A Series II DC Current Specifications Absolute Uncertainty [2] Relative Uncertainty ± 1 °C ± 5 °C from calibration temperature Resolution Range 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days nA ± (ppm output + nA) 99 % Confidence Level 0.1 45 + 10 50 + 10 55 + 10 60 + 10 24 + 2 26 + 2 220 μA 2.2 mA 1 45 + 10 50 + 10 55 + 10 60 + 10 24 + 5 26 + 5 10 45 + 100 50 + 100 55 + 100 60 + 100 24 + 50 26 + 50 22 mA μA ± (ppm output + μA) [1] 220 mA 0.1 55 + 1 60 + 1 65 + 1 70 + 1 26 + 0.3 30 + 0.3 [1] 2.2 A 1 75 + 30 80 + 30 90 + 30 95 + 30 40 + 7 45 + 7 5725A Amplifier: 11 A 10 330 + 470 340 + 480 350 + 480 360 + 480 100 + 130 110 + 130 95 % Confidence Level nA ± (ppm output + nA) 0.1 35 + 8 40 + 8 45 + 8 50 + 8 20 + 1.6 22 + 1.6 220 μA 1 35 + 8 40 + 8 45 + 8 50 + 8 20 + 4 22 + 4 2.2 mA 10 35 + 80 40 + 80 45 + 80 50 + 80 20 + 40 22 + 40 22 mA μA ± (ppm output + μA) [1] 220 mA 0.1 45 + 0.8 50 + 0.8 55 + 0.8 60 + 0.8 22 + 0.25 25 + 0.25 [1] 2.2 A 1 60 + 25 65 + 25 75 + 25 80 + 25 35 + 6 40 + 6 5725A Amplifier: 11 A 10 330 + 470 340 + 480 350 + 480 360 + 480 100 + 130 110 + 130 Note: Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 mA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of 1.3 when supplied through 5725A terminals. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations. 1. Add to uncertainty specifications: 2 ±200 x I ppm for >100 mA on 220 mA range 2 ±10 x I ppm for >1 A on 2.2 A range 2. For fields strengths >0.4 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 1 % of range. 1-33 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual DC Current Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics Temperature Noise [2] Coefficient Stability Bandwidth Bandwidth [1] Burden Maximum ± 1 °C 0 - 10 °C 0.1-10 Hz Voltage Load for Full Compliance 10 Hz-10 24 Hours 10 - 40 °C and [3] [4] Range Adder Accuracy Limits kHz 40 - 50 °C (±nA/V) (Ω) pk-pk RMS ± (ppm output + ppm output ± (ppm output + nA) / °C nA + nA nA) 5 + 1 1 + 0.40 3 + 1 10 0.2 20k 6 + .9 10 220 μA 2.2 mA 5 + 5 1 + 2 3 + 10 10 0.2 2k 6 + 5 10 22 mA 5 + 50 1 + 20 3 + 100 10 10 200 6 + 50 50 8 + 300 1 + 200 10 100 20 9 + 300 500 220 mA 3 + 1 μA [5] 3 2 2.2 A 9 + 7 μA 1 + 2.5 μA 3 + 10 μA 2 μA 12 + 1.5 μA 20 μA ± (ppm output ppm output 5725A ± (ppm output + μA) / °C μA + μA) + μA 11 A 25 + 100 20 + 75 30 + 120 4 0 4 15 + 70 175 Notes: Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 mA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of 1.3 when supplied through 5725A terminals. 1. Stability specifications are included in the Absolute Uncertainty values for the primary specifications. 2. Temperature coefficient is an adder to uncertainty specifications. It does not apply unless operating more than ±5 °C from calibration temperature. 3. Burden voltage adder is an adder to uncertainty specifications that does not apply unless burden voltage is greater than 0.5 V. 0.1 x actual load 4. For higher loads, multiply uncertainty specification by: 1+ maximum load for full accuracy 5. The calibrator’s compliance limit is 2 V for outputs from 1 A to 2.2 A. 5725A Amplifier may be used in range-lock mode down to 0 A. Minimum Output: ................................................. 0 for all ranges, including 5725A. Settling Time: ....................................................... 1 second for mA and mA ranges; 3 seconds for 2.2 A range; 6 seconds for 11 range; + 1 second for range or polarity change Overshoot: ............................................................<5 % 1-34 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 1-33. AC Current Specifications 5720A Series II AC Current Specifications: 99 % Confidence Level Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty [1] ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Frequency Range Resolution 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days (Hz) ± (ppm output + nA) 10 - 20 260 + 20 280 + 20 290 + 20 300 + 20 260 + 20 280 + 20 20 - 40 170 + 12 180 + 12 190 + 12 200 + 12 130 + 12 150 + 12 220 μA 1 nA 40 - 1 k 120 + 10 130 + 10 135 + 10 140 + 10 100 + 10 110 + 10 1k - 5 k 300 + 15 320 + 15 340 + 15 350 + 15 250 + 15 280 + 15 5k - 10 k 1000 + 80 1100 + 80 1200 + 80 1300 + 80 900 + 80 1000 + 80 10 - 20 260 + 50 280 + 50 290 + 50 300 + 50 260 + 50 280 + 50 20 - 40 170 + 40 180 + 40 190 + 40 200 + 40 130 + 40 150 + 40 2.2 mA 10 nA 40 - 1 k 120 + 40 130 + 40 135 + 40 140 + 40 100 + 40 110 + 40 1k - 5 k 210 + 130 220 + 130 230 + 130 240 + 130 250 + 130 280 + 130 5k - 10 k 1000 + 800 1100 + 800 1200 + 800 1300 + 800 900 + 800 1000 + 800 10 - 20 260 + 500 280 + 500 290 + 500 300 + 500 260 + 500 280 + 500 20 - 40 170 + 400 180 + 400 190 + 400 200 + 400 130 + 400 150 + 400 22 mA 100 nA 40 - 1 k 120 + 400 130 + 400 135 + 400 140 + 400 100 + 400 110 + 400 1k - 5 k 210 + 700 220 + 700 230 + 700 240 + 700 250 + 700 280 + 700 5k - 10 k 1000 + 6000 1100 + 6000 1200 + 6000 1300 + 6000 900 + 6000 1000 + 6000 ± (ppm output + μA) 10 - 20 260 + 5 280 + 5 290 + 5 300 + 5 260 + 5 280 + 5 20 - 40 170 + 4 180 + 4 190 + 4 200 + 4 130 + 4 150 + 4 220 mA 40 - 1 k 120 + 3 130 + 3 135 + 3 140 + 3 100 + 3 110 + 3 1 μA 1k - 5 k 210 + 4 220 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 250 + 4 280 + 4 5k - 10 k 1000 + 12 1100 + 12 1200 + 12 1300 + 12 900 + 12 1000 + 12 20 - 1 k 290 + 40 300 + 40 310 + 40 320 + 40 300 + 40 350 + 40 2.2 A 10 μA 1 k - 5 k 440 + 100 460 + 100 480 + 100 500 + 100 500 + 100 520 + 100 5 k - 10 k 6000 + 200 7000 + 200 7500 + 200 8000 + 200 6000 + 200 7000 + 200 5725A Amplifier: 40 - 1 k 370 + 170 400 + 170 440 + 170 460 + 170 300 + 170 330 + 170 11 A 1 k - 5 k 800 + 380 850 + 380 900 + 380 950 + 380 700 + 380 800 + 380 100 μA 5 k - 10 k 3000 + 750 3300 + 750 3500 + 750 3600 + 750 2800 + 750 3200 + 750 Note: Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 μA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of 1.3 plus 2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. For the 5720A 220 μA range, 1 kHz through 5 kHz and 5 kHz through 10 kHz, when the output is coming from the AUX current terminal, use the 5700A Absolute Uncertainty Specifications. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations. 1. For fields strengths >0.4 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 1 % of range. 1-35 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 5720A Series II AC Current Specifications: 95% Confidence Level Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty [1] ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Frequency Range Resolution (Hz) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days ± (ppm output + nA) 10 - 20 210 + 16 230 + 16 240 + 16 250 + 16 210 + 16 230 + 16 20 - 40 130 + 10 140 + 10 150 + 10 160 + 10 110 + 10 130 + 10 220 μA 1 nA 40 - 1 k 100 + 8 110 + 8 115 + 8 120 + 8 80 + 8 90 + 8 1k - 5 k 240 + 12 250 + 12 270 + 12 280 + 12 200 + 12 230 + 12 5k - 10 k 800 + 65 900 + 65 1000 + 65 1100 + 65 700 + 65 800 + 65 10 - 20 210 + 40 230 + 40 240 + 40 250 + 40 210 + 40 230 + 40 20 - 40 140 + 35 140 + 35 150 + 35 160 + 35 110 + 35 130 + 35 2.2 mA 10 nA 100 + 35 110 + 35 115 + 35 120 + 35 80 + 35 90 + 35 40 - 1 k 1k - 5 k 170 + 110 180 + 110 190 + 110 200 + 110 200 + 110 230 + 110 5k - 10 k 800 + 650 900 + 650 1000 + 650 1100 + 650 700 + 650 800 + 650 10 - 20 210 + 400 230 + 400 240 + 400 250 + 400 210 + 400 230 + 400 20 - 40 130 + 350 140 + 350 150 + 350 160 + 350 110 + 350 130 + 350 22 mA 100 nA 40 - 1 k 100 + 350 110 + 350 115 + 350 120 + 350 80 + 350 90 + 350 1k - 5 k 170 + 550 180 + 550 190 + 550 200 + 550 200 + 550 230 + 550 5k - 10 k 800 + 5000 900 + 5000 1000 + 5000 1100 + 5000 700 + 5000 800 + 5000 ± (ppm output + μA) 10 - 20 210 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 250 + 4 210 + 4 230 + 4 20 - 40 130 + 3.5 140 + 3.5 150 + 3.5 160 + 3.5 110 + 3.5 130 + 3.5 220 mA 1 μA 40 - 1 k 100 + 2.5 110 + 2.5 115 + 2.5 120 + 2.5 80 + 2.5 90 + 2.5 1k - 5 k 170 + 3.5 180 + 3.5 190 + 3.5 200 + 3.5 200 + 3.5 230 + 3.5 5k - 10 k 800 + 10 900 + 10 1000 + 10 1100 + 10 700 + 10 800 + 10 20 - 1 k 230 + 35 240 + 35 250 + 35 260 + 35 250 + 35 300 + 35 2.2 A 10 μA 1 k - 5 k 350 + 80 390 + 80 420 + 80 450 + 80 400 + 80 440 + 80 5 k - 10 k 5000 + 160 6000 + 160 6500 + 160 7000 + 160 5000 + 160 6000 + 160 5725A Amplifier: 40 - 1 k 370 + 170 400 + 170 440 + 170 460 + 170 300 + 170 330 + 170 11 A 100 μA 1 k - 5 k 800 + 380 850 + 380 900 + 380 950 + 380 700 + 380 800 + 38 5 k - 10 k 3000 + 750 3300 + 750 3500 + 750 3600 + 750 2800 + 750 3200 + 750 Note: Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 μA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by 1.3 plus 2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. For the 5720A 220 μA range, 1 kHz through 5 kHz and 5 kHz through 10 kHz, when the output is coming from the AUX current terminal, use the 5700A Absolute Uncertainty Specifications. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations. 1. For fields strengths >0.4 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 1 % of range. 1-36 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 5700A Series II AC Current Specifications: 99 % Confidence Level Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty [1] ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Frequency( Range Resolution Hz) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days ± (ppm output + nA) 10 - 20 650 + 30 700 + 30 750 + 30 800 + 30 450 + 30 500 + 30 20 - 40 350 + 25 380 + 25 410 + 25 420 + 25 270 + 25 300 + 25 220 μA 1 nA 40 - 1 k 120 + 20 140 + 20 150 + 20 160 + 20 110 + 20 120 + 20 1k - 5 k 500 + 50 600 + 50 650 + 50 700 + 50 450 + 50 500 + 50 5k - 10 k 1500 + 100 1600 + 100 1700 + 100 1800 + 100 1400 + 100 1500 + 100 10 - 20 650 + 50 700 + 50 750 + 50 800 + 50 450 + 50 500 + 50 20 - 40 350 + 40 380 + 40 410 + 40 420 + 40 270 + 40 300 + 40 2.2 mA 10 nA 120 + 40 140 + 40 150 + 40 160 + 40 110 + 40 120 + 40 40 - 1 k 1k - 5 k 500 + 500 600 + 500 650 + 500 700 + 500 450 + 500 500 + 500 5k - 10 k 1500 + 1000 1600 + 1000 1700 + 1000 1800 + 1000 1400 + 1000 1500 + 1000 10 - 20 650 + 500 700 + 500 750 + 500 800 + 500 450 + 500 500 + 500 20 - 40 350 + 400 380 + 400 410 + 400 420 + 400 270 + 400 300 + 400 40 - 1 k 120 + 400 140 + 400 150 + 400 160 + 400 110 + 400 120 + 400 22 mA 100 nA 1k - 5 k 500 + 5000 600 + 5000 650 + 5000 700 + 5000 450 + 5000 500 + 5000 5k - 10 k 1500 + 1600 + 10,000 1700 + 10,000 1800 + 10,000 1400 + 10,000 1500 + 10,000 10,000 ± (ppm output + μA) 10 - 20 650 + 5 700 + 5 750 + 5 800 + 5 450 + 5 500 + 5 20 - 40 350 + 4 380 + 4 410 + 4 420 + 4 280 + 4 300 + 4 220 mA 1 μA 40 - 1 k 120 + 4 150 + 4 170 + 4 180 + 4 110 + 4 130 + 4 1k - 5 k 500 + 50 600 + 50 650 + 50 700 + 50 450 + 50 500 + 50 5k - 10 k 1500 + 100 1600 + 100 1700 + 100 1800 + 100 1400 + 100 1500 + 100 20 - 1 k 600 + 40 650 + 40 700 + 40 750 + 40 600 + 40 650 + 40 2.2 A 10 μA 1 k - 5 k 700 + 100 750 + 100 800 + 100 850 + 100 650 + 100 750 + 100 5 k - 10 k 8000 + 200 9000 + 200 9500 + 200 10,000 + 200 7500 + 200 8500 + 200 5725A Amplifier: 40 - 1 k 370 + 170 400 + 170 440 + 170 460 + 170 300 + 170 330 + 170 11 A 100 μA 1 k - 5 k 800 + 380 850 + 380 900 + 380 950 + 380 700 + 380 800 + 380 5 k - 10 k 3000 + 750 3300 + 750 3500 + 750 3600 + 750 2800 + 750 3200 + 750 Note: Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 μA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of 1.3 plus 2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations. 1. For field strengths >0.4 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 1 % of range. 1-37 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 5700A Series II AC Current Specifications: 95 % Confidence Level Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty [1] ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C Frequency Range Resolution (Hz) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days ± (ppm output + nA) 1 nA 10 - 20 550 + 25 600 + 25 650 + 25 700 + 25 375 + 25 400 + 25 220 μA 20 - 40 280 + 20 310 + 20 330 + 20 350 + 20 220 + 20 250 + 20 40 - 1 k 100 + 16 120 + 16 130 + 16 140 + 16 90 + 16 100 + 16 1k - 5 k 400 + 40 500 + 40 550 + 40 600 + 40 375 + 40 400 + 40 5k - 10 k 1300 + 80 1400 + 80 1500 + 80 1600 + 80 1200 + 80 1200 +80 2.2 mA 10 nA 10 - 20 550 + 40 600 + 40 650 + 40 700 + 40 375 + 40 400 + 40 20 - 40 280 + 35 310 + 35 330 + 35 350 + 35 220 + 35 250 + 35 40 - 1 k 100 + 35 120 + 35 130 + 35 140 + 35 090 + 35 100 + 35 1k - 5 k 400 + 400 500 + 400 550 + 400 600 + 400 375 + 400 400 + 400 5k - 10 k 1300 + 800 1400 + 800 1500 + 800 1600 + 800 1200 + 800 1200 + 800 22 mA 100 nA 10 - 20 550 + 400 600 + 400 650 + 400 700 + 400 375 + 400 400 + 400 20 - 40 280 + 350 310 + 350 330 + 350 350 + 350 220 + 350 250 + 350 40 - 1 k 100 + 350 120 + 350 130 + 350 140 + 350 090 + 350 100 + 350 1k - 5 k 400 + 4000 500 + 4000 550 + 4000 600 + 4000 375 + 4000 400 + 4000 5k - 10 k 1300 + 8000 1400 + 8000 1500 + 8000 1600 + 8000 1200 + 8000 1200 + 8000 ± (ppm output + μA) 220 mA 1 μA 10 - 20 550 + 4 600 + 4 650 + 4 700 + 4 375 + 4 400 + 4 20 - 40 280 + 3.5 310 + 3.5 330 + 3.5 350 + 3.5 220 + 3.5 250 + 3.5 40 - 1 k 100 + 3.5 120 + 3.5 130 + 3.5 140 + 3.5 90 + 3.5 100 + 3.5 1k - 5 k 400 + 40 500 + 40 550 + 40 600 + 40 375 + 40 400 + 40 5k - 10 k 1300 + 80 1400 + 80 1500 + 80 1600 + 80 1200 + 80 1200 + 80 2.2 A 20 - 1 k 500 + 35 550 + 35 600 + 35 650 + 35 500 + 35 550 + 35 10 μA 1 k - 5 k 600 + 80 650 + 80 700 + 80 750 + 80 550 + 80 650 + 80 5 k - 10 k 6500 + 160 7500 + 160 8000 + 1600 8500 + 160 6000 + 160 7000 + 160 5725A Amplifier: 11 A 40 - 1 k 370 + 170 400 + 170 440 + 170 460 + 170 300 + 170 330 + 170 100 μA 1 k - 5 k 800 + 380 850 + 380 900 + 380 950 + 380 700 + 380 800 + 380 5 k - 10 k 3000 + 750 3300 + 750 3500 + 750 3600 + 750 2800 + 750 3200 + 750 Note: Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 A and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of 1.3 plus 2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations. 1. For fields strengths >0.4 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 1 % of range. 1-38 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 AC Current Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics Temperature Maximum Noise and [2] Resistive Distortion Coefficient [1] Stability ± 1 °C Compliance Load (Bandwidth Frequency 24 Hours Limits Range 0 - 10 °C and For Full 10 Hz - 50 kHz (Hz) 10 - 40 °C [3] (V rms) 40 - 50 °C Accuracy <0.5V Burden) (Ω) ± (ppm output + nA) ± (ppm output + nA)/°C ± (% output + μA) [6] 220 μA 10 - 20 150 + 5 50 + 5 50 + 5 7 2 k 0.05 + 0.1 20 - 40 80 + 5 20 + 5 20 + 5 0.05 + 0.1 40 - 1 k 30 + 3 4 + 0.5 10 + 0.5 0.05 + 0.1 1 k - 5 k 50 + 20 10 + 1 20 + 1 0.25 + 0.5 5 k - 10 k 400 + 100 20 + 100 20 + 100 00.5 + 1 2.2 mA 10 - 20 150 + 5 50 + 5 50 + 5 7 500 0.05 + 0.1 20 - 40 80 + 5 20 + 4 20 + 4 0.05 + 0.1 40 - 1 k 30 + 3 4 + 1 10 + 2 0.05 + 0.1 1 k - 5 k 50 + 20 10 + 100 20 + 100 0.25 + 0.5 5 k - 10 k 400 + 100 50 + 400 50 + 400 00.5 + 1 22 mA 10 - 20 150 + 50 50 + 10 50 + 10 7 150 0.05 + 0.1 20 - 40 80 + 50 20 + 10 20 + 10 0.05 + 0.1 40 - 1 k 30 + 30 4 + 10 10 + 20 0.05 + 0.1 1 k - 5 k 50 + 500 10 + 500 20 + 400 0.25 + 0.5 5 k - 10 k 400 + 1000 50 + 1000 50 + 1000 00.5 + 1 Hz ± (ppm output + μA) ± (ppm output + μA) / °C 220 mA 10 - 20 150 + 0.5 50 + 0.05 50 + 0.05 7 15 0.05 + 10 20 - 40 80 + 0.5 20 + 0.05 20 + 0.05 0.05 + 10 40 - 1 k 30 + 0.3 4 + 0.1 10 + 0.1 0.05 + 10 1 k - 5 k 50 + 3 10 + 2 20 + 2 0.25 + 50 5 k - 10 k 400 + 5 50 + 5 50 + 5 00.5 + 100 [4] 2.2 A 20 - 1 k 50 + 5 4 + 1 10 + 1 1.4 0.5 0.5 + 100 1 k - 5 k 80 + 20 10 + 5 20 + 5 0.3 + 500 5 k - 10 k 800 + 50 50 + 10 50 + 10 0 1 + 1 mA 5725A Amplifier: ± (% output) [5] 11 A 40 - 1 k 75 + 100 20 + 75 30 + 75 3 3 0.05 [5] 1 k - 5 k 100 + 150 40 + 75 50 + 75 0.12 [5] 5 k - 10 k 200 + 300 100 + 75 100 + 75 0.5 Notes: Maximum output from 5720A terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 μA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of 1.3, plus 2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations. 1. Stability specifications are included in the Absolute Uncertainty values for the primary specifications. 2. Temperature coefficient is an adder to uncertainty specifications that does not apply unless operating more than ±5 °C from calibration temperature. 2 actual load 3. For larger resistive loads multiply uncertainty specifications by: ( ) maximum load for full accuracy 4. 1.5 V compliance limit above 1 A. 5725A Amplifier may be used in range-lock mode down to 1 A. 5. For resistive loads within rated compliance voltage limits. 6. For outputs from the Aux Current terminals, the maximum resistive load for full accuracy is 1 kΩ. For larger resistive loads, multiply the uncertainty as described in Note 3. Minimum Output ....................................................9 μA for 220 μA range, 10 % on all other ranges. 1 A minimum for 5725A. Inductive Load Limits............................................400 μH (5700A/5720A, or 5725A). 20 μH for 5700A/5720A output >1 A. Power Factors........................................................5700A/5720A, 0.9 to 1; 5725A, 0.1 to 1. Subject to compliance voltage limits. Frequency: Range (Hz)..........................................................10.000 - 11.999, 12.00 - 119.99, 120.0 - 1199.9, 1.200 k - 10.000 k Uncertainty ....................................................±0.01 % Resolution .....................................................11,999 counts Settling Time......................................................5 seconds for 5700A/5720A ranges; 6 seconds for 5725A 11 A range; +1 second for amplitude or frequency range change. Overshoot...........................................................<10 % 1-39 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1-34. Wideband AC Voltage (Option 5700-03) Specifications Specifications apply to the end of the cable and 50 Ω termination used for calibration. Absolute Uncertainty Range ± 5 °C from calibration temperature 30 Hz - 500 kHz Resolution 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year Volts dBm ± (% output + μV) 1.1 mV 10 nV 0.4 + 0.4 0.5 + 0.4 0.6 + 0.4 0.8 + 2 −46 3 mV 10 nV 0.4 + 1 0.45 + 1 0.5 + 1 0.7 + 3 −37 11 mV 100 nV 0.2 + 4 0.35 + 4 0.5 + 4 0.7 + 8 −26 33 mV −17 100 nV 0.2 + 10 0.3 + 10 0.45 + 10 0.6 + 16 110 mV −6.2 1 μV 0.2 + 40 0.3 + 40 0.45 + 40 0.6 + 40 330 mV +3.4 1 μV 0.2 + 100 0.25 + 100 0.35 + 100 0.5 + 100 1.1 V +14 0.2 + 400 0.25 + 400 0.35 + 400 0.5 + 400 10 μV 3.5 V +24 0.15 + 500 0.2 + 500 0.3 + 500 0.4 + 500 10 μV Amplitude Flatness, 1 kHz Reference Settling Time Frequency Temperature Harmonic Voltage Range Frequency To Full Coefficient Resolution Distortion Accuracy (Hz) 1.1 mV 3 mV > 3 mV (Hz) ± ppm/°C (dB) (Seconds) ± (% output + floor indicated) 10 - 30 0.01 0.3 0.3 0.3 100 7 -40 30 - 120 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 100 7 -40 120 - 1.2 k 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 100 5 -40 1.2 k - 12 k 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 100 5 -40 12 k - 120 k 10 0.1 0.1 0.1 100 5 -40 120 k - 1.2 M 100 100 5 -40 0.2 + 3 μV 0.1 + 3 μV 0.1 + 3 μV [1] 100 k 100 0.5 -40 1.2 M - 2 M 0.2 + 3 μV 0.1 + 3 μV 0.1 + 3 μV 2 M - 10 M 100 k 100 0.5 -40 0.4 + 3 μV 0.3 + 3 μV 0.2 + 3 μV 10 M - 20 M 1 M 0.6 + 3 μV 0.5 + 3 μV 0.4 + 3 μV 150 0.5 -34 20 M - 30 M 1 M 1.5 + 15 μV 1.5 + 3 μV 1 + 3 μV 300 0.5 -34 Note: [1] For output voltages < 50 % of full range in the 33 mV, 110 mV, 330 mV, 1.1 V , and 3.5 V ranges, add 0.1 % to the amplitude flatness specification. Additional Operating Information: dBm reference = 50 Ω Range boundaries are at voltage points, dBm levels are approximate. Power dBm = 10 log ( ) ; 0.22361 V across 50 Ω = 1 mW or 0 dBm 1 mW Minimum Output ................................................... 300 μV (−57 dBm) Frequency Uncertainty ......................................... ± 0.01 % Frequency Resolution .......................................... 11,999 counts to 1.1999 MHz, 119 counts to 30 MHz Overload Protection.............................................. A short circuit on the wideband output will not result in damage. After settling time, normal operation is restored upon removal. 1-40 Introduction and Specifications Electrical Specifications 1 1-35. Auxiliary Amplifier Specifications For complete specifications, see the 5205A and 5220A Operators Manuals. 5205A (220V - 1100 V ac, 0 V - 1100 V dc) Overshoot: < 10 % Distortion (bandwidth 10 Hz - 1 MHz): 10 Hz - 20 kHz ................................................ 0.07 % 20 kHz - 50 kHz .............................................. 0.2 % 50 kHz - 100 kHz ............................................ 0.25 % 90 Day Accuracy Temperature Coefficient for Frequency 0 - 18 °C and 28 - 50 °C at 23 ± 5 °C (Hz) ± (% output + % range) ± (ppm output + ppm range) / °C 0 dc 0.05 + 0.005 15 + 3 10 - 40 0.15 + 0.005 45 + 3 40 - 20 k 0.04 + 0.004 15 + 3 20 k - 50 k 0.08 + 0.006 50 + 10 50 k - 100 k 0.1 + 0.01 70 + 20 5220A (AC Current, 180-day specifications): Accuracy: 20 Hz - 1 kHz ................................................. 0.07 % + 1 mA 1 kHz - 5 kHz .................................................. (0.07 % + 1mA) x frequency in kHz Temperature Coefficient (0 - 18 °C and 28 - 50 °C): (0.003 % + 100A) / °C Distortion (bandwidth 300 kHz): 20 Hz - 1 kHz .................................................. 0.1% + 1 mA 1 kHz - 5 kHz .................................................. (0.1% + 1 mA) x frequency in kHz Note: 5700A/5720A combined with 5220A is not specified for inductive loads. 1-41 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1-42 Chapter 2 Theory of Operation Title Page 2-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 2-3 2-2. Calibrator Overview ............................................................................. 2-3 2-3. Internal References........................................................................... 2-3 2-4. Hybrid Reference Amplifiers....................................................... 2-3 2-5. Fluke Thermal Sensor (FTS)........................................................ 2-3 2-6. Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). ........................................... 2-4 2-7. Digital Section Overview...................................................................... 2-4 2-8. Analog Section Overview..................................................................... 2-4 2-9. Functional Description Presented by Output Function......................... 2-6 2-10. DC Voltage Functional Description ................................................. 2-7 2-11. AC Voltage Functional Description ................................................. 2-10 2-12. Wideband AC V Functional Description (Option -03) .................... 2-11 2-13. DC Current Functional Description.................................................. 2-11 2-14. AC Current Functional Description.................................................. 2-11 2-15. Ohms Functional Description........................................................... 2-12 2-1 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 2-2 Theory of Operation Introduction 2 2-1. Introduction This section provides a block diagram discussion of the calibrator’s analog and digital sections. 2-2. Calibrator Overview Figures 2-1, 2-2, and 2-3 comprise the block diagram of the Calibrator. These figures are presented further on in the Analog Section Overview and the Digital Section Overview. The Calibrator is configured internally as an automated calibration system with process controls and consistent procedures. Internal microprocessors control all functions and monitor performance, using a switching matrix to route signals between modules. Complete automatic internal diagnostics, both analog and digital, confirm operational integrity. The heart of the measurement system is a 5 1/2-digit adc (analog-to-digital converter), which is used in a differential mode with the Calibrator dac. (The dac is described next under "Internal References.") 2-3. Internal References The major references that form the basis of the Calibrator's accuracy are the hybrid reference amplifiers, patented Fluke solid-state thermal rms sensors, an extremely linear dac, and two internal precision resistors. 2-4. Hybrid Reference Amplifiers A precision source can only be as accurate as its internal references, so the dc voltage reference for the Calibrator was chosen with extreme care. Years of data collection have proven the ovenized reference amplifier to be the best reference device available for modern, ultra-stable voltage standards. In a microprocessor-controlled precision instrument such as the 5700A/5720A Series II, the important characteristics of its dc voltage references are not the accuracy of the value of the references, but rather their freedom from drift and hysteresis. (Hysteresis is the condition of stabilizing at a different value after being turned off then on again.) The 5700A/5720A Series II hybrid reference amplifiers excel in both freedom from drift and absence of hysteresis. 2-5. Fluke Thermal Sensor (FTS). Thermal rms sensors, or ac converters, convert ac voltage to dc voltage with great accuracy. These devices sense true rms voltage by measuring the heat generated by a voltage through a known resistance. Conventional thermal voltage converters suffer from two main sources of error. First, they exhibit frequency response errors caused by component reactance. Second, they have a poor signal-to-noise ratio because they operate at the millivolt level. The FTS has a full-scale input and output of 2V and a flat frequency response. After initial functional verification of the Fluke Thermal Sensors, their characteristics only change by less than 1/10th of the allowed ac/dc error per year. External calibration of the ac voltage function of the Calibrator consists of verifying that the Calibrator meets its specifications. 2-3 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 2-6. Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). A patented 26-bit dac is used in the calibrator as a programmable voltage divider. The dac is a pulse-width modulated (pwm) type with linearity better than 1 ppm (part-per- million) from 1/10th scale to full scale. 2-7. Digital Section Overview The unguarded Digital Section contains the CPU assembly (A20), Digital Power Supply assembly (A19), Front Panel assembly (A2), Keyboard assembly (A1), and the unguarded portion of the Rear Panel assembly (A21). Figure 2-1 is a block diagram of the digital section of the Calibrator. Power for the digital assemblies and the cooling fans is supplied by the Digital Power Supply assembly. The CPU (central processing unit) assembly is a single-board computer based on the 68HC000 microprocessor. It controls local and remote interfaces, as well as serial communications over a fiber-optic link to the crossing portion of the Regulator/Guard Crossing assembly (A17). The guard crossing controls the guarded analog circuitry. A Keyboard assembly provides the user with front-panel control of the Calibrator. It contains four LED's, a rotary edit knob, and a forty-five key keypad. It connects to the Front Panel assembly via a cable. The Front Panel assembly provides information to the user on an Output Display and a Control Display. The Front Panel also contains circuitry that scans the keyboard and encodes key data for the CPU. The Rear Panel assembly includes digital interfaces for the following: • IEEE-488 bus connection • RS-232-C DTE serial port • Auxiliary amplifier: the 5725A 2-8. Analog Section Overview The guarded analog section contains the following assemblies: • Wideband Output (A5) (Part of Option -03) • Wideband Oscillator (A6) (Part of Option -03) • Current/Hi-Res (A7) • Switch Matrix (A8) • Ohms Cal (A9) • Ohms (A10) • DAC (A11) • Oscillator Control (A12) • Oscillator Output (A13) • High Voltage Control (A14) • High Voltage/High Current (A15) • Power Amplifier (A16) • Regulator/Guard Crossing (A17) • Filter/PA Supply (A18) 2-4 Theory of Operation Analog Section Overview 2 ahp003f.eps Figure 2-1. Digital Section Block Diagram 2-5 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual These analog assemblies are interfaced to the Analog Motherboard assembly (A3). The guarded digital bus generated by the guard crossing portion of the Regulator/Guard Crossing assembly controls all analog assemblies except the Filter/PA Supply. The Guard Crossing interfaces with the unguarded CPU assembly via a fiber-optic link. The Transformer assembly, along with the filter portion of the Filter/PA Supply assembly and the regulator portion of the Regulator/Guard Crossing assembly, create the system power supply for all the analog assemblies. The Power Amplifier Supply portion of the Filter/PA Supply assembly provides the high voltage power supplies required by the Power Amplifier assembly. The amplitudes of these high voltage supplies are controlled by circuitry contained on the Power Amplifier assembly. Figures 2-2 and 2-3 are block diagrams for the analog section of the Calibrator. 2-9. Functional Description Presented by Output Function This part of the theory section presents Calibrator operation from the perspective of each output function. It describes which assemblies come into play, and how they interact. It does not provide a detailed circuit description. 2-6 Theory of Operation Functional Description Presented by Output Function 2 2-10. DC Voltage Functional Description The DAC assembly (A11) provides a stable dc voltage and is the basic building block of the Calibrator. DC voltages are generated in six ranges: • 220 mV • 2.2V • 11V • 22V • 220V • 1100V The 11V and 22V ranges are generated by the DAC assembly, with its output, DAC OUT HI and DAC SENSE HI routed to the Switch Matrix assembly, where relays connect it to INT OUT HI and INT SENSE HI. Lines INT OUT HI and INT SENSE HI connect to the Calibrator binding posts by relays on the Analog Motherboard assembly (A3). The 2.2V range is created on the Switch Matrix assembly by resistively dividing by five the 11V range from the DAC assembly. Relays on the Switch Matrix and Analog Motherboard route the 2.2V range output to the Calibrator binding posts. The 220 mV range is an extension of the 2.2V range. The Switch Matrix assembly resistively divides by ten the 2.2V range to create the 220 mV range. Relays on the Switch Matrix and Analog Motherboard route the 220 mV range output to the front panel binding posts. The 220V range is generated by the DAC and Power Amplifier assemblies. The Power Amplifier amplifies the 11V range of the DAC assembly by a gain of -20 to create the 220V range. The output of the Power Amplifier is routed to the High Voltage Control assembly (A14), where a relay connects it to PA OUT DC. Line PA OUT DC is routed to the binding posts via relays on the Switch Matrix and Analog Motherboard. 2-7 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Figure 2-2. Analog Section Block Diagram, Part 1 (File ahp33f.eps is located in pagemaker and will be inserted when book is pdf'ed) 2-8 Theory of Operation Functional Description Presented by Output Function 2 Figure 2-3. Analog Section Block Diagram, Part 2 (File is ahp34f.eps located in pagemaker and will be inserted when book is pdf'ed) 2-9 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual The 1100V range is generated by the High Voltage/High Current assembly (A15) operating in conjunction with the Power Amplifier assembly and the High Voltage Control assembly. The 11V range of the DAC assembly is routed to the High Voltage/High Current assembly which amplifies by a gain of -100 to create the 1100V range. Basically the high voltage output is obtained by rectifying and filtering a high voltage ac signal generated by the High Voltage Control assembly operating in conjunction with the Power Amplifier assembly. 2-11. AC Voltage Functional Description The Oscillator Output assembly (A13) is the ac signal source for the Calibrator. The Oscillator Control assembly (A12), controls the amplitude of this ac signal by comparing it with the accurate dc voltage from the DAC assembly and making amplitude corrections via the OSC CONT line. The frequency of oscillation is phase locked to either the high resolution oscillator on the Current/Hi-Res (A7) assembly or an external signal connected to the PHASE LOCK IN connector on the rear panel. AC voltages are generated in the following ranges: • 2.2 mV • 22 mV • 220 mV • 2.2V • 11V • 22V • 220V • 1100V The 2.2V and 22V ranges are generated by the Oscillator Output assembly and routed to the Calibrator binding posts via relays on the Switch Matrix (A8) and Analog Motherboard assemblies. The 220 mV range is generated on the Switch Matrix assembly, which resistively divides by ten the 2.2V range of the Oscillator Output assembly. Relays on the Switch Matrix and Analog Motherboard route the 220 mV range to the Calibrator binding posts. The 2.2 mV and 22 mV ranges are generated on the Switch Matrix assembly. In this mode, the Switch Matrix resistively divides the 2.2V range or the 22V range by 1000 to create the 2.2 mV and 22 mV ranges respectively. Relays on the Switch Matrix and Analog Motherboard route these ranges to the Calibrator binding posts. The 220V range is generated on the Power Amplifier assembly. In this mode, the Power Amplifier is set for a nominal gain of -10 to amplify the 22V range from the Oscillator Output to the 220V range. The 220V ac range from the Power Amplifier is routed to the Calibrator binding posts by relays on the High Voltage Control assembly and the Analog Motherboard. The 1100V range is generated by the High Voltage Control assembly operating in conjunction with the Power Amplifier assembly. In this mode, the 22V range from the Oscillator Output is amplified by the Power Amplifier and High Voltage Control assemblies, which create an amplifier with a nominal gain of -100. Relays on the High Voltage Control and Analog Motherboard assemblies route the 1100V ac range to the Calibrator binding posts. 2-10 Theory of Operation Functional Description Presented by Output Function 2 2-12. Wideband AC V Functional Description (Option -03) The Wideband AC Voltage module (Option -03) consists of the Wideband Oscillator assembly (A6) and the Wideband Output assembly (A5). There are two wideband frequency ranges: • 10 Hz to 1.1 MHz • 1.2 MHz to 30 MHz During operation between 10 Hz and 1.1 MHz, output from the Oscillator Output assembly is routed to the Wideband Output assembly where it is amplified and attenuated to achieve the specified amplitude range. The output is connected to the Calibrator front panel WIDEBAND connector. Operation between 1.2 MHz and 30 MHz works the same way, except the input to the Wideband Output assembly is the ac signal from the Wideband Oscillator assembly. 2-13. DC Current Functional Description DC current is generated in five ranges: • 20 μA - 220 μA • 220 μA - 2.2 mA • 2.2 mA - 22 mA • 22 mA - 220 mA • 2.2A All current ranges except 2.2A are generated by the current portion of the Current/Hi-Res assembly. These currents are created by connecting the output of the DAC assembly, set to the 22V range, to the input of the Current assembly. The Current assembly uses this dc voltage to create the output current. The current output can be connected to the AUX CURRENT OUTPUT binding post by relays on the Current assembly, to the OUTPUT HI binding post by relays on the Current, Switch Matrix, and Analog Motherboard assemblies, or to the 5725A via the B-CUR line by relays on the Analog Motherboard assembly and Rear Panel assembly. The 2.2A range is an extension of the 22 mA range. The 22 mA range output from the Current assembly is amplified by a gain of 100 by the High Voltage/High Current assembly operating in conjunction with the Power Amp assembly and the High Voltage Control assembly. The 2.2A current range is routed back to the Current assembly where it is connected to either the AUX CURRENT OUTPUT binding post, the OUTPUT HI binding post, or the 5725A in the same manner as the lower current ranges. 2-14. AC Current Functional Description AC current is created in the same manner as dc current, except the input to the Current assembly is the ac voltage from the Oscillator Output assembly set to the 22V range. The switching between ac and dc is carried out on the Switch Matrix, Oscillator Control, Oscillator Output, and DAC assemblies. 2-11 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 2-15. Ohms Functional Description Two assemblies function as one to supply the fixed values of resistance: • Ohms Main assembly (A10) • Ohms Cal assembly (A9) All of the resistance values except the 1Ω, 1.9Ω, and short are physically located on the Ohms Main assembly. The 1Ω, 1.9Ω, and short are physically located on the Ohms Cal assembly. The desired resistance is selected by relays on these Ohms assemblies and is connected to the Calibrator binding posts by relays on the Analog Motherboard. The Ohms Cal assembly also contains the appropriate circuitry to enable the Calibrator to perform resistance calibration. Once calibrated, the Calibrator output display shows the true value of the resistance selected, not the nominal (e.g., 10.00031 kΩ, not 10 kΩ). Four ohms measurement modes are available. For the two-wire configuration, measurement with or without lead-drop compensation sensed at the binding posts of the UUT (using the SENSE binding posts and another set of leads), or at the ends of its test leads is available for 19 kΩ and below. Four-wire configuration is available for all but the 100 MΩ value. 2-12 Chapter 3 Calibration and Verification Title Page 3-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 3-3 3-2. Calibration............................................................................................ 3-4 3-3. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards............. 3-4 3-4. Calibration Requirements................................................................. 3-4 3-5. When to Adjust the Calibrator’s Uncertainty Specifications ........... 3-5 3-6. Calibration Procedure....................................................................... 3-6 3-7. Range Calibration ................................................................................. 3-12 3-8. Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) ................. 3-15 3-9. Performing a Calibration Check ........................................................... 3-18 3-10. Full Verification.................................................................................... 3-20 3-11. Required Equipment for All Tests.................................................... 3-21 3-12. Warm-up Procedure for All Verification Tests ................................ 3-21 3-13. Resistance Verification Test............................................................. 3-23 3-14. Two-Wire Compensation Verification ............................................. 3-25 3-15. DC Voltage Verification Test........................................................... 3-26 3-16. DC Voltage One-Tenth Scale Linearity Test ................................... 3-27 3-17. Direct Current Accuracy Verification Test ...................................... 3-28 3-18. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test............................................. 3-29 3-19. Output Level Tests For AC V Ranges.............................................. 3-29 3-20. AC Current Test, 22 mA to 11A Ranges.......................................... 3-31 3-21. AC Current Test, 2 mA and 200 μA Ranges.................................... 3-34 3-22. Rationale for Using Metal-Film Resistors to Measure AC Current . 3-35 3-23. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Test................................................ 3-36 3-24. Wideband AC Voltage Module Output Verification........................ 3-36 3-25. Wideband Output Accuracy at 1 kHz Test ........................................... 3-37 3-26. Wideband Output Flatness Test............................................................ 3-38 3-27. Wideband Flatness Calibration Procedure ....................................... 3-39 3-28. Optional Tests....................................................................................... 3-40 3-29. DC Voltage Load Regulation Test ................................................... 3-40 3-30. DC Voltage Linearity Test ............................................................... 3-41 3-31. DC Voltage Output Noise (10 Hz to 10 kHz) Test........................... 3-41 3-32. DC Voltage Output Noise (0.1 to 10 Hz) Test ................................. 3-43 3-33. AC Voltage Distortion Test.............................................................. 3-43 3-34. Wideband Distortion Testing ........................................................... 3-43 3-35. AC Voltage Overshoot Test ............................................................. 3-44 3-1 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3-36. Minimum Use Requirements ................................................................ 3-44 3-37. Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals ..................... 3-46 3-2 Calibration and Verification Introduction 3 3-1. Introduction This chapter gives procedures for 5700A/5720A Series II calibration, verification, acceptance testing, and performance testing. Information here applies to testing the performance of and calibrating a normally operating 5700A/5720A Series II. In case of malfunction, refer to Chapter 5, Troubleshooting, which explains how to use self diagnostic tests to identify a faulty module. Calibration and Performance Testing is presented in the following three parts: • Calibration, which is to be done at the beginning of every calibration cycle. This is the same procedure as in Chapter 7 of the 5700A/5720A Series II Operator Manual. It uses three external standards; 1Ω, 10 kΩ, and 10V dc. The procedure is repeated here for convenience. Also included in this part are procedures for doing Calibration Check and Range Calibration. • Full Performance Verification, which is the full verification procedure, recommended every two years. Part of this procedure is Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) flatness calibration, also recommended only every two years. Optional Tests, which are recommended following repair or for use in acceptance testing. These tests include such checks as load regulation, noise, and distortion. These tests are not required on a routine basis. They are not necessary after a Calibrator passes Full Performance Verification. 3-3 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3-2. Calibration This chapter provides procedures for calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to external standards, adjusting the range if necessary, and for performing a calibration check. Your calibrator is calibrated at the factory with constants that are traceable to NIST. In order to maintain traceability, you only need to met the following requirements. • Calibration to external standards must be completed at the beginning of the calibration cycle • Performance verification must be completed every two years. • Zero Calibration must be performed every 30 days (refer to the 5700A/5720A Series II Operators Manual). Calibration check and range calibration are optional procedures that are provided for enhancing the accuracy if needed for special requirements. 3-3. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards You must calibrate to external standards at the beginning of the calibration cycle. The length of the cycle (24 hours, 90 days, 180 days, or one year) is selected in a setup menu described in Chapter 4 of the 5700A/5720A Operators Manual. To calibrate the 5700A/5720A Series II, you apply three portable standards to the output binding posts: a 10V dc voltage standard, a 1Ω resistance standard, and a 10 kΩ resistance standard. The following standards are recommended: • Model 732B DC Reference Standard • Model 742A-1 1Ω Resistance Standard • Model 742A-10k 10Ω Resistance Standard Use the following Low Thermal Leads for all connections: • When calibrating the 5700A, use either the connector set 5440A-7002 (banana plugs) or the set 5440A-7003 (spade lugs). • When calibrating the 5720A, use the set 5440A-7003 (spade lugs). WXWarning Operator accessible LETHAL VOLTAGES may be present on the lugs at the end of these cables when used with instrumentation capable of producing such voltages. These cables should be used only when thermal emf performance is required. For other applications, cables with operator protection form contact with high voltages should be used. 3-4. Calibration Requirements Both the calibrator and the recommended external standards have the ability to internally control (or compensate for) ambient temperature variations. Therefore it is unnecessary to keep the calibrator in tightly controlled temperatures during calibration. During the calibration procedure, the calibrator prompts you to enter the ambient temperature, and includes this information in specification readouts and output shift reports. 3-4 Calibration and Verification Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards 3 3-5. When to Adjust the Calibrator’s Uncertainty Specifications Table 3-1 lists each external standard’s uncertainty limit, and the 5700A/5720A Series II uncertainty specifications that must adjusted accordingly if that limit is exceeded. As long as the external standards have the uncertainties listed in Table 3-1, you do not need to adjust the calibrator’s absolute uncertainty specifications in Chapter 1. However, if your standard’s uncertainty exceeds the value in the table you must adjust some of the calibrator’s absolute uncertainty specifications by the algebraic difference between your standard’s uncertainty and the uncertainty limit listed in the Table 3-1. For example, if the dc voltage standard has an uncertainty of ±2.5 ppm, then the 5700A and the 5720A absolute uncertainty specifications listed in Table 3-1 for the traceable quantity of voltage must all be increased by ±1 ppm. Table 3-1. Standards for Calibrating 5700A/5720A Series II Fluke Traceable Nominal Uncertainty 5700A/5720A Series II Standard Quantity Value Limit Specifications susceptible to Uncertainty Limit dc volts, ac volts, 732B Voltage 10V ±1.5 ppm dc current, ac current 742A-1 Resistance 1Ω ±10 ppm 1Ω, 1.9Ω ac current, dc current 10Ω to 742A-10k Resistance 10 kΩ ±4 ppm 100 MΩ 3-5 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3-6. Calibration Procedure Before you being this procedure make sure the calibrator is powered on and has completed the appropriate warm-up period. After you have finished calibration, but before you save the new constants, the calibrator presents the new changes as ± ppm, and as a percentage of specifications for each range and function. A list of changes can be sent to a computer through either the serial or instrument control (IEEE-488) port, or printed through the serial port. The largest proposed change will be displayed on the calibrator’s front panel. Follow this procedure to calibrate the main output functions. 1. Press the “Setup Menus” softkey; then press the “Cal” softkey. The calibration menu appears as shown below: PREV MENU IF3-1.EPS 2. Press the “Cal” softkey. The display shows the following. PREV MENU 3. To calibrate the main output functions, press one of the softkeys under “Calibration.” The display shows the following: PREV MENU IF3-3.EPS 3-6 Calibration and Verification Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards 3 4. Enter the ambient temperature; then press E. The display shows: PREV MENU IF3-4.EPS 5. Connect the 732B to the calibrator as shown in Figure 3-1. VOLTAGE REFERENCE STANDARD 732B DC STANDARD CALIBRATOR AC PWR IN CAL CHARGE LOW BAT OUTPUT SENSE V AΩΩ V 10V 1.018V CHASSIS WIDEBAND HI HI LO LO 10V COM 1.018V COM GUARD HI SERIAL NUMBER AUX GROUND GUARD CURRENT F7-3.EPS Figure 3-1. 732B External Calibration Connections. 3-7 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 6. Enter the true value of the 732B 10V output. The true value is the value printed on the calibration sticker, plus or minus, as well as drift that has occurred since calibration. That drift can be estimated provided control charts have been maintained for the 732B. If the entered value is not between 9V and 11V, and error message appears, which lets you start over from this point with a calibrated 732B. Press E, and the display shows the following: PREV MENU IF3-5.EPS When the calibrator’s 6.5V and 13V references have been characterized, the display shows the following message, which lets you accept or reject the changes that are about to be made to the calibration constants. PREV MENU IF3-6.EPS 7. To reject the changes, return to the calibration menu shown in step 2 by pressing P. Otherwise, press the softkey under “Proceed” to accept and save the changes, and to open the display shown below, letting you continue with calibration. PREV MENU IF3-7.EPS 3-8 Calibration and Verification Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards 3 8. Reverse the HI and LO connections at the 732B terminals, and press E. The following displays appear, asking you to wait before proceeding with the 10 kΩ standard. PREV MENU IF3-8.EPS After a few seconds, the following display appears: PREV MENU IF3-9.EPS 9. Connect the calibrator to the 10 kΩ standard as shown in Figure 3-2 and enter the true value of the standard. If the standard is not between 9 kΩ and 11 kΩ, an error message appears, which allows you to start over from this point with a different standard. Press E again to open the following display: PREV MENU IF3-10.EPS When the internal 10 kΩ reference has been characterized, the following message appears, which lets you accept or reject the changes that are about to be made to the calibration constant: PREV MENU IF3-11.EPS 3-9 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual CALIBRATOR RESISTANCE STANDARD OUTPUT SENSE CURRENT SENSE V A Ω V Ω HI WIDEBAND HI HI HI LO LO LO LO HI CHASSIS AUX GUARD GROUND GROUND CURRENT F7-4.EPS Figure 3-2. 742A-1 and 742A-10k External Calibration Connections 10. To reject the changes, return to the calibration menu shown in step 2 by pressing P. Otherwise, press the softkey under “Proceed” to accept and save the changes, and to open the display shown below, letting you continue with calibration. PREV MENU IF3-12.EPS 3-10 Calibration and Verification Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards 3 11. Disconnect the 10 kΩ standard, and connect the calibrator to the 1Ω standard; then enter the true value of the 1Ω standard. If the standard is not between 0.9Ω and 1.1Ω, an error message appears, which lets you start over from this point with another standard. Press E to bring up the following display: PREV MENU IF3-13.EPS When the internal 1Ω reference has been characterized, the following message appears, which lets you accept or reject the changes that re about to be made to the calibration constant: PREV MENU IF3-14.EPS 12. To reject the changes, return to the calibration menu shown in step 2 by pressing P. Otherwise, press the softkey under “Proceed” to accept and save the changes, and let the calibrator complete the internal calibration steps. 13. The calibration is not effective until you store the newly calibrated constants in memory. To store the constants, set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to ENABLE, the press the “Store Values” softkey. Note To review the proposed output shifts before you store the new constants, print a listing of the proposed shifts by pressing the softkey under “Print Output Shifts.” 14. After you store the constants, press the softkey under “DONE with Cal” to exit calibration and resume normal operation. 15. If you press this softkey before you store the constants, the new constants will be used temporarily for normal operation until the calibrator is powered down or reset. (This is only true for software versions G and lower. For versions H and higher, the process is aborted without updating existing constants.) 16. Set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to NORMAL. 3-11 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3-7. Range Calibration Once calibration is complete, you may find you need to make further adjustments to the range. Calibrating the range is accomplished by adjusting a range constant, which is an additional gain multiplier. Although range calibration is not needed in order to meet total uncertainty specifications, it is useful for tuning the calibrator so that its values are closer to your own standards. Use your own laboratory standard to adjust the range constants. The following procedure for adjusting the range constants is designed for laboratory standard values that are between 45% and 95% of the range’s full-scale value. Once you adjust the range constant, the new constant remains active until the next calibration, at which time all range constant multipliers are rest to 1. You can also erase all range adjustments by calling up the format EEPROM menu and selecting Range Constants (refer to Chapter 4 of the 5700A/5720A Operators Manual). Before you begin the following procedure, make sure you have the equipment you need on hand including your own laboratory standards where required. The following example procedure adjusts the 220V dc range constant using the following equipment: • 732B DC reference standard • 752A Reference Divider • 845AB/845AR Null Detector • Low Thermal Test Leads: 5440A-7002 (banana plugs) or 5440A-7003 (spade lugs) WXWarning Operator accessible LETHAL VOLTAGES may be present on the lugs at the end of the 5440A-7003 cables when used with instrumentation capable of producing such voltages. These cables should be used only when thermal emf performance is required. For other applications, cables with operator protection form contact with high voltages should be used. Proceed as follows to adjust the 220V dc range constant. You must have completed calibration to external standards before you follow this procedure. 1. Press the “Setup Menus” softkey; the press the “Cal” softkey. The following menu appears: PREV MENU IF3-1.EPS 2. Press the “Cal” softkey to bring up the next menu shown below: 3-12 Calibration and Verification Range Calibration 3 PREV MENU IF3-2.EPS 3. Press the “Range Adjust” softkey to bring up the next menu shown below: PREV MENU IF3-18.EPS 4. Press the “DC V” softkey to bring up the next menu shown below: PREV MENU IF3-19.EPS 5. Press the “NEXT Menu” softkey, which scrolls through all the available dc voltage ranges, until 220V appears. Then press that selection’s softkey to open a display similar to the following: PREV MENU IF3-20.EPS 6. Connect the 732B, null detector, and 752A in a 10:1 configuration, as shown in Figure 3-3. 7. Multiply the 732B’s value by 10, and enter this new value. (This value is the output of the 752A, to which you will null the calibrator’s output.) Then press E to bring up the following display. 3-13 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual PREV MENU IF057.EPS 8. Press O to activate the calibrator output. Then turn the output adjustment knob on the calibrator until you achieve a null on the null detector. 9. Se the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to ENABLE. Press E on the front panel. The calibrator will now calculate a new range constant multiplier for the 220V dc range, and will store it in non-volatile memory. 10. The range calibration is now complete. Set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to the NORMAL position, disconnect the external standards, and press r to reset the calibrator to its newly calibrated ranges. 3-14 Calibration and Verification Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) 3 NULL DETECTOR HI LO GUARD GND : OFF : OFF EX SNS EX GRD CALIBRATOR NC OUTPUT SENSE V A Ω VA WIDEBAND HI HI LO LO HI AUX GUARD GROUND CURRENT 752A VOLTAGE DIVIDER STANDARD HI LO INPUT NULL LO HI DETECTOR GRD OUTPUT GND HI LO REFERENCE STANDARD HI LO 732B VOLTAGE REFERENCE STANDARD 732B DC STANDARD AC PWR IN CAL CHARGE LOW BAT 10V 1.018V CHASSIS 10V COM 1.018V COM GUARD SERIAL NUMBER F7-6.EPS Figure 3-3. 220V DC Range Calibration Connections 3-8. Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) The Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) can be installed in either the 5720A or 5700A Series II calibrator. The module needs to be calibrated for both gain and flatness. The gain should be calibrated when the 5700A-03 main output functions undergo their routine calibration. 3-15 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Since frequency flatness is determined by stable parameters (i.e. circuit geometry and dielectric constants), the flatness of the Wideband AC Module has excellent long-term stability. Consequently, a two-year calibration cycle is adequate for flatness calibration, and can be scheduled to coincide with the calibrator’s shipment to a standards laboratory for periodic verification. The following procedure describes how to perform the wideband gain calibration. Note To perform this procedure you will need, in addition to the standard equipment supplied with the wideband option, a Type “N” female to double banana plug adapter (e.g., Pomona 1740). Before you start this procedure, make sure the calibrator is powered on and has completed an appropriate warm-up period. Then proceed with this procedure to calibrate the wideband gain. 1. Press the “Setup Menus” softkey; then press the “Cal” softkey to being up the menu shown below: PREV MENU IF3-1.EPS 2. Press the “Cal “ softkey to bring up the following menu: PREV MENU IF3-2.EPS 3. Connect the wideband output cable between the WIDEBAND connector and the SENSE binding post. The center conductor of the 50Ω feedthrough should go to SENSE HI and shown in Figure 3-4. The GND tab on the adapter should be on the LO side. 3-16 Calibration and Verification Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) 3 CALIBRATOR OUTPUT SENSE V A Ω V Ω 50 FEEDTHROUGH Ω WIDEBAND HI HI LO LO HI AUX GUARD GROUND CURRENT GND TAB F7-5.EPS Figure 3-4. Wideband Module Calibration Connection 4. Press the “Gain” softkey to bring up the following display: PREV MENU IF3-3.EPS 5. Enter the ambient temperature; the press E. The display shows the following: PREV MENU IF3-15.EPS As the wideband calibration proceeds, messages appear on the display identifying all processes as they are encountered. When positive gains calibration is complete, a message appears telling you to refer to the manual for negative gains connections. 3-17 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 6. Reverse the dual-banana connector so that the center connector is connected to LO; then press E. The display shows the following: PREV MENU IF3-16.EPS After a short time, a message appears indicating that the wideband calibration is complete. 7. To store the new constants, set the CALIBRATION switch to ENABLE and press “Store Values.” To discard the constants, press “DONE with Cal” and answer “YES” when the display asks for verification. 8. You have now completed the wideband gain calibration. Set the CALIBRATION switch to NORMAL, disconnect the wideband cable, and press r. 3-9. Performing a Calibration Check A calibration check is similar to the calibration, with the primary difference being that no changes are made to the stored constants, and the internal check standards are used as the reference points. A calibration check produces a report similar to the normal calibration report, and shows any proposed changes. This procedure can be performed from an external computer, and can be set to run automatically, with no assistance (there is no need to enable the CALIBRATION switch, since no constants are changed). You can use the calibration check at any time to confirm the integrity of the calibrator without connecting external standards. The calibration check is also useful for collecting a performance history. Before you begin this procedure, make sure the calibrator is powered on and has completed the appropriate warm-up period. Then follow this procedure to check the calibration. 1. Press the “Setup Menu” softkey; then press the “Cal” softkey to bring up the following menu: PREV MENU IF3-1.EPS 2. Press the “Cal Check” softkey to bring up the following display: 3-18 Calibration and Verification Performing a Calibration Check 3 PREV MENU IF3-3.EPS 3. Enter the ambient temperature; then press E. As the calibration check proceeds, the display indicates the current process of the calibration check. When the check is complete, the largest shift that is detected appears on the display. PREV MENU IF3-17.EPS 4. You can now print a list of the proposed shifts, or quit without creating a list. To print the report, connect a printer and set up the serial interface as described in Chapter 6 of the 5700A/5720A Operators Manual. Press the softkey under “Print Output Changes.” To return to normal operation without printing, press the softkey under “DONE with check.” Press P to exit the calibration menus. 3-19 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3-10. Full Verification An independent external verification is recommended every two years, following normal periodic calibration or repair of the calibrator. Verification establishes and maintains parallel external traceability paths for the internal functions that are not adjusted or corrected during calibration. An example is the internal ac/dc transfer standard. Verification also serves as a check that internal calibration processes are in control. Note All performance limits specified in the test records apply to 90-day specifications for the Calibrator. If limits to other specifications are desired, the test records must be modified. A description of how to determine a guardband test limits is included in this section. Note Equivalent equipment and methods, either manual or automated, may be substituted for the following verification tests as long as the same points are tested, and equipment and standards used are at least as accurate as those specified. If standards are less accurate than specified, appropriate tolerance limit and/or accuracy reductions must be made to achieve equivalent results. Not all of the procedures contained in this chapter need to be performed to verify your calibrator. This chapter contains the verification procedures for the 5720A and the 5700A Series II Calibrators. In addition, procedures are provided to verify the ac functions of the calibrator with a 5790A. The following roadmap provides a high-level overview of the verification tests discussed in this chapter. 5790A 5720A DC DC AC AC Wide Resistance Frequency Volt Current Band Volt Current 3-16 3-18 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-26 3-28 to 3-30 5700A 5790A DC DC AC AC Wide Resistance Frequency Volt Current Band Volt Current 3-22 3-26 3-28 3-16 3-18 3-20 3-21 to 3-30 F0-0.EPS Figure 3-5. Overview of Verification Tests 3-20 Calibration and Verification Full Verification 3 In Figure 3-5, the location of each test is identified by the paragraph numbers. 3-11. Required Equipment for All Tests An abbreviated summary of required equipment for all the verification and optional tests is given in Table 3-2. Individual lists of required equipment are included at the beginning of each test. For substitution information, refer to Table 3-15, Minimum Use Requirements, located near the end of this section. 3-12. Warm-up Procedure for All Verification Tests Before performing verification, do the following preliminary steps: 1. Verify that the Calibrator has warmed up for at least thirty minutes. Note If the Calibrator has been powered off in an environment outside of operating environment specifications, particularly with humidity above 70%, allow a minimum of two hours warm-up. Extended storage at high temperatures and humidity may require up to four days of power-on stabilization. 2. If you are doing a regularly scheduled full verification as recommended by Fluke, calibrate the 5700A/5720A Series II as previously described before continuing with verification. 3. Ensure that each piece of external test equipment has satisfied its specified warm-up requirements. 4. Ensure that the Calibrator is in standby (STANDBY annunciation lit). 3-21 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-2. List of Required Equipment for Main Output Equipment Description Application AC Measurement Standard or Fluke 5790A ACV, ACI Resistance Standards Fluke 742A Series Cal, Ohms, DCI Reference Divider Fluke 752A DC V Null Detector EM Electronics N11 (Fluke 845A) DC V Shunt Adapter Fluke 792A-7004 AC I Calibrator Fluke 55X0A Ohms Frequency Counter Philips PM6669 Frequency Shunts Fluke A40 Series AC I High Current Shunt Fluke Y5020 DC I Resistance Standard L&N 0.1Ω 4221B DC I DMM Wavetek 1281 or HP 3458A Ohms, DCI, ACI, AC V Low Thermal Cables Fluke 5440A-7002 (5700A) or Various 5440A-7003 (5720A or 5700A) Equipment Required for Wideband Ac Module (Option 5700-03) Verification Equipment Description Application AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A with Wideband Wideband Option -03 Wideband Cable (supplied with Fluke Cable Wideband 5700A-03) 50Ω Termination (supplied with Fluke Termination Wideband 5700A-03) Adapter (supplied with 5700A-03) Pomona 1269 BNC(F) to dual banana Wideband plug Adapter Kings KN-99-46 N(F) to BNC(M) Wideband Equipment Required for Optional Tests Equipment Description Application Oscilloscope Mainframe Tektronix 7000 Series HF Noise Differential Amplifier Tektronix 7A22 HF Noise Distortion Analyzer Krohn-Hite 6900B AC V, ACI, Distortion Spectrum Analyzer HP 8590A AC V, Wideband Distortion Kelvin Varley Divider Fluke 720A DC V Linearity 3-22 Calibration and Verification Full Verification 3 3-13. Resistance Verification Test The following test requires testing at the high, low and intermediate values only. This is because the 5700A/5720A Series II creates the other values of resistance from these values. Use Tables 3-16 (5720A) and 3-17 (5700A) for test records. For the convenience of anyone wishing to test the intermediate values, the tolerance limits are included. Testing these values could be done using a Hamon-type ratio device and a very stable, high-resolution bridge or DMM, or a combination of the two. Table 3-3 lists equipment required for this test. See Table 3-15, Minimum Use Requirements, for substitution information. Table 3-3. Equipment Required for Resistance Testing Equipment Decsription Resistance Standards Fluke 742A Series in the following values: 1Ω, 1.9Ω, 10Ω, 10 kΩ, 19 kΩ, 10 MΩ, and 19 MΩ Current Source Fluke 5500A or 5520A DMM Wavetek 1281 or HP 3458A 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-6. 2. Set the Calibrator output to 1Ω with external sensing (EX SENS indicator lit) and set the dc DMM to read dc V. Record the 1Ω resistance standard value on the test record as the 1Ω STD RES VALUE. 3. Multiply the certified value of the 1Ω resistance standard by 0.1 and record the result on the test record as the 1Ω STD VOLTAGE. 4. Connect the DMM across the sense terminals of the 1Ω resistance standard. 5. Set the direct current source for a nominal 100 mA output. Vary the source until the DMM reading is as close as possible to the 1Ω Standard Voltage recorded in the previous step. Record the DMM voltage reading on the test record as the MEASURED 1Ω STD VOLTAGE. Note If the current source used has the resolution to achieve a voltage reading to within ±5 ppm of the value in step 3, it is not necessary to calculate the cal current in take next step. In this case, when you come to step 9 you will simply multiply the voltage reading from step 9 by a factor of 10, which is the same as dividing by 100 mA (0.1A). 6. Calculate the exact current by dividing the MEASURED 1Ω STD VOLTAGE by the 1Ω STD RES VALUE; record the result on the test record as the CAL CURRENT. 7. Enter the Calibrator displayed 1Ω value on the test record as the UUT 1Ω DISPLAYED VALUE. 8. Transfer the dc DMM leads to the Calibrator sense terminals. 9. Enter the DMM voltage reading on the test record as the UUT 1Ω VOLTAGE. 10. Calculate the UUT true 1Ω resistance by dividing the UUT 1Ω VOLTAGE by the CAL CURRENT. 11. Adjust the output adjustment knob for a UUT Control Display reading equal to the true 1Ω resistance value calculated in the previous step. The error from the displayed value is also shown on the Control Display. Enter the value of the error on the test record as the UUT DEVIATION FROM DISPLAYED VALUE. 3-23 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual DMM INPUT SENSE HI HI LO LO CURRENT SOURCE 742A-X CALIBRATOR CURRENT SENSE OUTPUT SENSE OUTPUT (UUT) HI HI HI HI HI LO LO LO LO LO F3-5.EPS Figure 3-6. 1 Ohm and 10 Ohm Resistor Verification Note There is no need to do the cal current calculation of step 6 if the current source has a settability of ±3 ppm. 12. Repeat steps 3 through 11 for the 1.9Ω and 10Ω resistance values using the 1.9Ω and 10Ω resistance standards. At the 10 ohm check, use 10 mA of current and a multiplier for step 3 of 0.01. 13. The low-value (1Ω, 1.9Ω, and 10Ω) tests are summarized in Table 3-4. 3-24 Calibration and Verification Full Verification 3 Table 3-4. Low Value Resistance Calibration Using a Current Source 5720A (UUT) Apply Current 5720A Deviation From 5720A Displayed Value Resistance Displayed Value (90-day) 1Ω 100 mA ±95 ppm 0.9995 to 1.0005 1.9Ω 100 mA ±95 ppm 1.89905 to 1.90095 10Ω 10 mA ±25.0 ppm 9.997 to 10.003 5700A (UUT) Apply Current 5700A Deviation From 5700A Displayed Value Resistance Displayed Value (90-day) 1Ω 100 mA ±95 ppm 0.9995 to 1.0005 1.9Ω 100 mA ±95 ppm 1.89905 to 1.90095 10Ω 10 mA ±28.0 ppm 9.997 to 10.003 14. For the remaining tests, no current source is required. Verify that each true UUT value is within the limits shown in Table 3-16 for 5700A and Table 3-17 for 5720A. a. Connect the DMM, set for 4-wire resistance, first to the Resistance Standard equal to the UUT nominal output and then to the UUT itself. In each case, record the resistance standard DMM reading and the resistance standard certified value. b. Calculate the DMM correction by subtracting the DMM reading from the certified value; enter this calculated value on the test record as DMM ERROR. c. Move the DMM to the UUT terminals; enter the DMM reading on the test record as DMM UUT RES RDG. d. Algebraically add the DMM ERROR and the DMM UUT RES RDG; enter the sum on the test record as UUT TRUE RES VALUE. e. Adjust the output adjustment knob for a UUT Control Display reading equal to the true resistance value previously calculated. The error from the displayed value is also shown on the Control Display. Enter this error (with polarity reversed) on the test record as the UUT DEVIATION FROM DISPLAYED VALUE. 3-14. Two-Wire Compensation Verification Use the following steps to verify that two-wire compensation operates correctly: 1. Connect the UUT (output set to 100Ω, with external sensing) to the DMM (set for 4- wire resistance measurement). Note the DMM reading. 2. Connect two shorts: DMM SOURCE HI to SENSE HI and DMM SOURCE LO to SENSE LO. 3. Activate UUT 2-wire compensation. 4. Check that the DMM reading returns to within 4 miliohms of the reading noted in step 1. 3-25 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3-15. DC Voltage Verification Test The following test checks every dc voltage range by testing the output accuracy at decade values of voltage from 100 mV to 1000V. Use Table 3-18 (5720A) or Table 3-19 (5700) for the test record. Table 3-5 lists equipment required for this test as well as the Linearity Test that follows. See Table 3-15, Minimum Use Requirements, for equipment substitution information. Table 3-5. Equipment Required for DC Voltage Testing Equipment Model DC Reference Standard Fluke 732B Reference Divider Fluke 752A Null Detector EM Electronics 11 (Fluke 845A) Low Thermal Cables 5440A-7002 5440A-7003 Note The 5440A-7002 or 5440A-7003 is for the 5700A; the 5720A uses only the 5440A-7003. Proceed as follows to perform the dc voltage verification test: 1. Self-calibrate the reference divider in accordance with its instruction manual prior to proceeding. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-3. 3. Set the reference divider to 0.1V. Set the Calibrator to the certified value of the dc reference standard divided by 100. For example, if the certified value of the dc reference standard is 10.000007V, set the Calibrator to 100.00007 mV. 4. Press OPR/STBY. After the reading has settled, verify that the null detector reads 0V ±1.20 μV (5720A 90-day specification) or 0V ±1.45 μV (5700A 90-day specification). Set the Calibrator to standby. 5. Repeat the above process to test each dc voltage range output listed in Tables 3-23 or 3-24. (0.1V is in the table for completeness; you do not need to repeat it.) After the null detector reading stabilizes, ensure that any observed meter rattle (over and above the null detector rattle in the "zero" position) over a ten-second period does not exceed the amount shown in the last column. In each case, set the 5720A to standby before changing to the next voltage settings and go back to operate before reading the null detector. 6. Reverse the connections of the dc reference standard at the reference divider and repeat the previous measurement process for the -0.1V, -1V and -10V outputs. 3-26 Calibration and Verification Full Verification 3 3-16. DC Voltage One-Tenth Scale Linearity Test Note If the result of the previous test at 1V on the 11V range was less than 2.5 μV it is not necessary to perform this test. This test uses the same equipment as the previous test. Proceed as follows to perform the DC Voltage One-Tenth Scale Linearity Test: 1. Set the reference divider range to 10V. On the voltage reference standard, remove the lead from the 10V high terminal and connect it under the binding post of the low terminal along with the low lead to provide a 0V reference input to the reference divider. Set the Calibrator output for 10V, then activate range lock for the 11V range. Now set the Calibrator to 0V OPERATE. 2. Note the reading on the null detector. Press OFFSET on the Calibrator. Return the lead on the voltage reference to the high output terminal. 3. Set the Calibrator to 10V. Use the Calibrator output adjustment knob to obtain the reading previously noted on the null detector. Press SCALE on the Calibrator. 4. Set the Calibrator to 1V dc. Set the reference divider to the 1V range, and verify that the null detector indicates less than 2.5 μV from the noted reading. 5. Press RESET on the Calibrator. This completes the DC Voltage Calibration Verification testing. 3-27 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3-17. Direct Current Accuracy Verification Test Equipment required for the Direct Current Accuracy Verification Test is listed in Table 3-6. Proceed as follows to test accuracy of the dc current function: Table 3-6. Equipment Required for Direct Current Test Equipment Model DC DMM, 6-1/2 digit Wavetek 1281 or HP 3458A High-Current Shunt Fluke Y5020 (for 5725A only) Resistance Standards L&N 4221B (0.1Ω at 2A) Fluke 742A-1 (1Ω at 200 mA) Fluke 742A-10 (10Ω at 20 mA) Fluke 742A-1k (1 kΩ at 2 mA) Fluke 742A-10k (10 kΩ at 200 μA) Use Table 3-20 (5720A) and Table 3-21 (5700A) for the test records. 1. Connect the dc DMM to the Calibrator output and set the Calibrator for outputs of 200 mV, -200 mV, 2V, and -2V, and record the dc DMM reading at each voltage in Table 3-20 or 3-21. 2. Refer to the resistance standard test report and enter the corrections for all the certified values in ± ppm in column A on the test record. Note The STD RES CORRECTION is the difference between the nominal standard resistor value and the certified or true resistor value. For example, if the nominal value is 0.1Ω and the certified value is 0.0999963Ω, the difference equals 0.0000037Ω, or +37 ppm. 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-8 using the L&N 0.1Ω resistor. 4. Set the Calibrator for a 2A dc output, and adjust the Calibrator using the output adjustment knob to obtain the characterized voltage reading on the dc DMM. Wait 3 seconds, and record the Calibrator error display reading in ± ppm (Column B). CALIBRATOR (UUT) SHUNT USE INTERNAL GUARD DC DMM OUTPUT SENSE HI HI INPUT HI LO LO LO GRD GND F3-7.EPS Figure 3-7. Direct Current Accuracy Test Setup 3-28 Calibration and Verification Full Verification 3 5. Algebraically add column B to column A. Enter the result on the test record. Verify that it is within the test limits shown. 6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 using the Fluke 742A Resistance Standards and Calibrator output currents shown in Tables 3-25 or 3-26. 7. If the Calibrator is attached to a 5725A Amplifier, connect the Y5020 high-current shunt to the 5725A output terminals. Connect the dc DMM to the Y5020 high-current shunt voltage output connector. 8. Set the Calibrator to 10A, -10A, 5A, 3A and -3A and record the dc DMM readings on the 5725A Amplifier dc current test record. Divide these readings by the certified value of the Y5020 high current shunt, record the resultant current and verify that it is within the test limit shown. 3-18. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test This test requires the use of a frequency counter. Philips model PM6669 is recommended. Use Table 3-22 for the test record. When using Philips Model PM 6666, it is recommended to use a 1 MHz Low Pass Filter as shown in Figure 3-10. Refer to Table 3-15, Minimum Use Requirements, for substitution information. 1.59 kΩ Resister Metal Film P/N 344341 10 pF PM6666 Calibrator Main Capacitor Input A Output Terminals P/N 713875 Mount components on a duel banana adapter from ITT Pomona. Part Number 1837 F3-6A.EPS Figure 3-8. 1 MHz Low Pass Filter To check the Calibrator frequency accuracy, proceed as follows: 1. Connect the frequency counter to the output terminals of the Calibrator. 2. Set the Calibrator to 1V at the output frequencies listed in Table 3-22. Verify that the counter reads within the limits shown on the test record. 3. Disconnect the counter from the Calibrator. 3-19. Output Level Tests For AC V Ranges This test requires the use of equipment listed in Table 3-7. Table 3-7. Equipment Required for AC V Output Level Tests Equipment Model AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A BNC(F) to Dual-Banana Plug Adapter (2 required) Pomona 1269 Coax Cable - RG-58A/U or RG-58C/U with BNC(M) Connectors, 12 ± 1 inch Long 3-29 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Use Table 3-23 (5720A) or Table 3-24 (5700A) for the test records. 1. Place the 5790A on top of the Calibrator and connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-9. Note The point of measurement is at the end of the cable and adapter that connects to the 5790A. Other cable lengths and adapters will yield different results at high frequencies. 2. On the 5790A push UTIL MENUS button and then the MEAS CONTROL softkey. Set the digital filter mode to FAST and the restart to MEDIUM. Push the DONE soft key twice to return to the measurement display. 3. Set the 5790A to 2 mV at 1 kHz. Adjust the Calibrator using the output adjustment knob for a reading of 2.0000 mV ±1 count on the 5790A. Record the Calibrator error display reading in the 90 Day column in Table 3-23 (5720A) or 3-24 (5700A) as appropriate for the verification interval. 4. Verify that the result is within the test limits. 5. Repeat the previous steps for the 2 mV output on all remaining frequencies on the test record. 6. Proceed to the remaining output levels and frequencies list in Table 3-23 or 3-24 and repeat steps 3 through 5 using the appropriate output level in each step, and the adjustment tolerance in Table 3-8. BNC to Banana Adapter 5790A Side View HI Input 2 12 Inch LO Coax Cable BNC to Banana Adapter Calibrator Side View HI Output LO F3-6.EPS Figure 3-9. AC Voltage Test Setup 3-30 Calibration and Verification Full Verification 3 Table 3-8. 5790A Adjustment Counts 5700A/5720A Series II Output 5790A Display 5790A Adjustment Counts* Level 2 mV 2.0000 ±1 20 mV 20.0000 ±1 200 mV 200.0000 ±4 2V 2.000000 ±4 2.3V 2.30000 ±1 20V 20.00000 ±4 200V 200.0000 ±4 300V 300.000 ±1 600V 600.000 ±2 1000V 1000.000 ±2 *Adjustment counts of 3 times the listed value is allowed at 1 MHz 3-20. AC Current Test, 22 mA to 11A Ranges This test requires the use of equipment listed in Table 3-9, when using the 5790A Input 1. Use Tables 3-33 (5720A) or 3-34 (5700A) for a test record. Table 3-9. Equipment Required for 22 mA to 11A Alternating Current Test Using the 5790A Input 1 Equipment Model or Description AC Measurement standard Fluke 5790A Current Shunts Fluke A40 Series: 20 mA, 200 mA, 2A, and A40A Series: 10A (if verifying a 5725A) , with AC-DC difference corrections. Current Shunt Adapter Fluke 792A-7004 A40 current shunt adapter Cable Pomona 1368-A-18. Double banana to single banana plugs. Cable (For 10A Setup) Pomona 5268-C-12. BNC(M) to single banana plugs. Cable (For 10A Setup) Fluke A45-4003 (PN 212853) UHF(M) to UHF(M) with RG8A/U cable Adapter (For 10A Setup) Pomona Model 1707. UHF(F) to banana adapter. Adapter (For 10A Setup) Kings KC-99-34 UHF(M) to BNC(F) Adapter (For 10A Setup) Pomona Model 1707. UHF(F) to banana adapter. 3-31 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-10(A) use the 2A shunt. 2. Enter the ac to dc difference corrections for each shunt at each frequency in the appropriate column of the test record (Table 3-26 or 3-27). 3. Set the Calibrator for a +2A dc output. Adjust the output so that the error display is equal to the UUT actual error for a +2A output, as shown on the dc current test record in Table 3-20 (5720A) or Table 3-21 (5700A). 4. Push the INPUT 1 button on the 5790A if you are using the INPUT 1 setup, or the SHUNT button if you are using the SHUNT set up. Let the 5790A settle on a reading. 5. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A. 6. Set the Calibrator for a -2A dc output. Adjust the output so that the error display is equal to the UUT actual error for a -2A output, as shown in Table 3-20 (5720A) or Table 3-21 (5700A). 7. Press the AVG REF soft key on the 5790A after the 5790A reading settles. 8. Set the Calibrator to 2A at 40 Hz and OPERATE. 9. Record the error displayed on the 5790A in Table 3-26 or 3-27. 10. Return to the error corrected +2A DC output that was set in step 3 and verify that the 5790A display returns to a zero reading ±10 PPM. If necessary, repeat steps 3 through 9 until the required results are obtained. 11. Algebraically add the 5790A error display reading to the A40 Shunt ac to dc difference, and verify that the result is within the specifications of the test limits. Record the results on Table 3-26 (5720A) or Table 3-27 (5700A). 12. Change the Calibrator frequency to 1 kHz, 5 kHz and 10 kHz. At each frequency record the 5790A error display. Verify the results as was done in steps 8 and 9. 13. Repeat steps 3 through 12 at currents of 200 mA and 20 mA using the appropriate A40 current shunt at the frequencies shown on the test record (Table 3-26 or 3-27). 14. For units with a 5725A Amplifier attached, use the test set up shown in Figure 3-10(B) using the 10A shunt at the frequencies listed on the test record. 3-32 Calibration and Verification Full Verification 3 Note When verifying the 5725A Amplifier at the 10A level, allow sufficient time for the A40A-10 shunt to reach thermal stability after initially applying the current. A40 Current Shunt Red 5790A Pomona Cable Calibrator (UUT) 1368-A-18 Hi Input 1 Lo Black 792A-7004 A40 Current Shunt Adapter A. Alternating Current Test Setup, 22 mA to 2A Using 5790A Input 1 Calibrator (UUT) A40A 10A Pomona Cable Current Shunt 5268-C-12 Red 5790A 5725A (UUT) Hi Input 1 Lo Black 792A-7004 FLUKE A45-4003 A40 Current P/N 212852 Shunt Adapter Cable UHF(M) to BNC(F) Pomona Model 1707 Adapter UHF(F) to Banana Kings KC-99-34 Adapter B. Alternating Current Test Setup, 10A Using 5790A Input 1 F3-8A.EPS Figure 3-10. Alternating Current Test Setup 3-33 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3-21. AC Current Test, 2 mA and 200 μA Ranges The equipment required for the alternating current accuracy verification test for the 2 mA and 200 μA ranges is listed in Table 3-10. Use Table 3-28 (5720A) or 3-29 (5700A0 for the test record. Table 3-10. Equipment Required for Alternating Current Accuracy Test for the 2 mA and 200 μA Ranges Equipment Model or Description AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A Metal Film Resistor 200Ω, 1/8w, ±1%, T9 (P/N 309724) mounted on a dual banana plug. Metal Film Resistor 2 kΩ, 1/8w, ±1%, T9 (PN 335422) mounted on a dual banana plug Cable Pomona 1368-A-18. Double banana to single banana plugs. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-11. Metal Film Resistor Mounted on Dual Banana Plug Calibrator (UUT) 5790A Hi Hi 200 Output Input 2 Ω Lo Lo Pomona Cable 1362-A-18 F3-9.EPS Figure 3-11. Alternating Current Test Setup 2 mA and 200 μA Note An explanation of the rationale for using metal film resistors to measure ac current follows this procedure. 2. Set the Calibrator for precisely +2 mA dc using the correction from previously recorded data, i.e. set the Calibrator error display to the value recorded for +2 mA dc (Table 3-9 or 3-11). 3. When the 5790A settles on a reading, push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A. 4. Set the Calibrator for precisely -2 mA dc output using the correction from previously recorded data, i.e., set the Calibrator error display to the value recorded for -2 mA dc, in Table 3-10. 5. Press the AVG REF soft key on the 5790A after the 5790A reading settles. 6. Set the Calibrator to 2 mA at 10 Hz and OPERATE. 7. Record the error displayed on the 5790A in Table 3-28 or 3-29, and verify results are within spec. 8. Return to the error corrected +2 mA DC output that was set in step 2. Verify that the 5790A display returns to a zero reading ±10 PPM. If necessary, repeat steps 2 through 6 until the required results are obtained. 3-34 Calibration and Verification Full Verification 3 9. Change the Calibrator frequency to 20 Hz, 40 Hz, 1 kHz, 5 kHz and 10 kHz. At each frequency record the error display on the 5790A in Table 3-28 or 3-29. Verify that the results are within limits shown. 10. Repeat steps 2 through 9, but replace the 200Ω metal film resistor with the 2 kΩ resistor, and use 200 μA instead of 2 mA. 3-22. Rationale for Using Metal-Film Resistors to Measure AC Current To be able to measure alternating current, a system comprised of a suitable ac shunt and ac detector is required. First let us consider the ac shunt. For this example we will use a 2 kΩ metal film resistor. At frequencies up to 10 kHz, the equivalent circuit of the resistor can be illustrated as in Figure 3-12. Values typical for shunt capacitance and series inductance are 2 pF (Cs) and 0.01 μH (Ls). For comparison, wire has approximately 0.02 μH/inch. At 10 kHz, the reactance of Cshunt is 8 MΩ, and the reactance of Lseries is 0.6 mΩ. The formulae to use are: C SHUNT L SERIES R F3-10.EPS Figure 3-12. Metal Film Resistor Equivalent Circuit 2 2 2 (1/Z) = (1/R) + (1/XC) (1) 2 2 2 (Z) = (R) + (XL) (2) Where R = resistance Xc = Capacitive Reactance Z = network impedance XL = Inductive Reactance We can see that these effects can be ignored, because their contribution to errors in the measurement process is less than 1 ppm. That is, the metal film resistor's self reactance is totally dwarfed by the reactance of the measuring circuit, which is overwhelmingly capacitive. If a detector as shown in Figure 3-13 has an input impedance of 10 MΩ shunted by 123 pF, then the effects of Xc must be accounted for. We can ignore the net resistance change introduced by the 10 MΩ detector resistance. R SHUNT UUT DET. F3-11.EPS Figure 3-13. Metal Film Resistor in Test Circuit 3-35 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Note The input impedance at INPUT 2 of the 5790A on the millivolt ranges is 10 MΩ shunted by 83 pF and the cable used to connect the shunt resistor to the 5790A has 40 pF capacitance, for a total of 123 pF. The reactance of 123 pF at 10 kHz is 129 kΩ, and using formula (1), in the case where R=2 kΩ, the network impedance Z = 1.999760 kΩ. This produces an error of 120 PPM. The allowable error at 10 kHz is reduced to account for this error. Using formula (2) we get a result of Xc = 88 kΩ, and a network impedance of Z = 1.9995 kΩ. This produces an error of approximately 250 ppm, or 0.025%. However, if we are making a measurement of 0.21% uncertainty (as in the present case), the ratio of measurement uncertainty is about 10:1 and is not of concern. It is easy to improve measurement uncertainty if desired, though, by measuring the actual input capacitance of the detector and any stray capacitance from input leads, etc. and making corrections. In this discussion, the UUT is assumed to be a high-impedance current source (like the 5700A), which can easily be verified by the manufacturer's specifications, i.e., a specified voltage adder for current outputs above a given burden voltage. 3-23. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Test Use Table 3-30 for the test record. Proceed as follows to test the Wideband module frequency accuracy: 1. Connect the Philips PM 6669 to the Calibrator wideband output and measure the output frequency at the frequencies listed in Table 3-30. 2. Verify that the frequency counter indicates frequencies within the 0.01% limits shown. 3-24. Wideband AC Voltage Module Output Verification The wideband tests are for units with the Option 5700A-03 Wideband AC Module only. The verification test for the wideband module works as follows: • Accuracy at 1 kHz: Output at 1 kHz is tested by comparing the wideband output at the end of the cable and termination supplied with the instrument to the 5790A at INPUT 2. • Attenuator flatness: The attenuator flatness is tested using the 5790A wideband input and using reduced spec limits when the TUR (Test Uncertainty Ratio) is less than 4:1. Table 3-11 lists the equipment required for testing and calibrating the Wideband module. 3-36 Calibration and Verification Wideband Output Accuracy at 1 kHz Test 3 Table 3-11. Equipment Required for Testing and Calibrating the Wideband Option Equipment Model or Description AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A with Wideband Option -03 Wideband cable Supplied with 5700A-03 50Ω Termination Supplied with 5700A-03 Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC(F) to dual banana plug. Adapter Kings KN-99-46 N(F) to BNC(M) 3-25. Wideband Output Accuracy at 1 kHz Test This test verifies the Wideband output level at 1 kHz by direct measurement with the 5790A at INPUT 2. Use Table 3-31 for a test record. Proceed as follows to characterize the rms wideband voltmeter at 1 kHz: 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-14. BNC(F) to Banana Adapter Calibrator (UUT) 5790A Wideband Output Cable Input 2 Wideband Output 50Ω Termination N(F) to BNC(M) Adapter F3-12.EPS Figure 3-14. Wideband Accuracy at 1 kHz Test Setup 2. Set the Calibrator wideband output to 2.1V at 1 kHz and the 5790A to read INPUT 2. 3. Push the 2.2V RANGE button on the 5790A to lock it on the 2.2V range. 4. On the 5790A push UTIL MENUS button and then MEAS CONTROL soft key. Set the digital filter mode to FAST and the restart to MEDIUM. Push the DONE soft key twice to return to the measurement display. 5. Use the Calibrator output adjustment knob to obtain a reading on the 5790A measurement display of 2.100000 ±20 counts. 6. Read the error on the Calibrator display and record it in Table 3-32 for the 2.1V level for the appropriate verification internal. Verify that it is within spec limits shown. 7. Push the soft key under the RANGE display on the 5790A to return to AUTO RANGE. 8. Proceed to the remaining levels shown in Table 3-32 and repeat steps 5 through 7 with the appropriate output levels set in each step, using the adjustment tolerance in Table 3-12 in step 5. 3-37 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-12. Wideband Adjustment Tolerance 5700A/5720A Series II Wideband 5790A Adjustment Counts Output ± ppm 2.10000V 20 1.00000V 10 300.000 mV 3 100.000 mV 10 30.0000 mV 3 10.0000 mV 1 3.00000 mV 1 1000.00 μV 1 3-26. Wideband Output Flatness Test Use Table 3-32 as a test record. To perform wideband output flatness test, proceed as follows: 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-15. Note that the Calibrator wideband cable is connected to the 5790A directly, the termination is not used. Calibrator (UUT) 5790A Wideband Output Cable Wideband Wideband Output Input F3-13.EPS Figure 3-15. Wideband Flatness Test Setup 2. Set the wideband output to 3V at 1 kHz. 3. Push the WBND button on the 5790A, when the reading has settled, push the SET REF soft key. 4. Set the Calibrator to frequencies shown in Table 3-32 for the 3V output and record the errors on the 5790A error display at each frequency in Table 3-32. 5. Verify that the error readings are within spec limits or reduced spec limits shown on the test record. Reduced spec limits are used when the TUR (Test Uncertainty Ratio) is less than 4:1. 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the remaining output levels shown in Table 3-32 using the appropriate voltage in step 4. 7. Record the 1 kHz absolute errors at each output level from Table 3-32 into the appropriate column in Table 3-33. Record the flatness errors from Table 3-32 for each output level and frequency into the appropriate column in Table 3-33. Add the errors and verify that they are within spec for the appropriate time internal. 3-38 Calibration and Verification Wideband Output Flatness Test 3 3-27. Wideband Flatness Calibration Procedure This procedure is the only part of full verification that stores calibration constants in the Calibrator. This is not a verification test, it is a calibration procedure. Because this part of calibration is recommended to be done only every two years, the same interval as full verification, it is included here and not under Calibration earlier in this chapter and in Chapter 7 of the 5700A/5720A Series II Operator Manual. Proceed as follows to perform wideband flatness calibration: 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-10 and set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to the ENABLE position. 2. Push the WBND button on the 5790A. 3. Call up the wideband flatness calibration routine on the Calibrator front panel, by pressing the softkey sequence SETUP MENUS, CAL, CALIBRATION and WIDEBAND FLAT. 4. Enter the present ambient air temperature as prompted and press ENTER. 5. Place the Calibrator in OPERATE. Wideband flatness calibration starts with a 3V output at 1 kHz. 6. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A when the 5790A settles to a reading. This is the 3V reference value from which all other frequencies will be compared. 7. Push the ENTER button on the Calibrator, and, the frequency will advance to the next value. 8. Adjust the Calibrator output adjustment knob to bring the 5790A error display to 0 and press ENTER on the Calibrator. Repeat this step for each frequency through 30 MHz. 9. Push the CLEAR REF WBND soft key on the 5790A. The Calibrator wideband output changes to 1V at 1 kHz. 10. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A when the 5790A settles to a reading,. This is the 1V reference value from which all other frequencies will be compared. 11. Repeat steps 7 and 8 above for each frequency through 30 MHz. 12. Push the CLEAR REF WBND soft key on the 5790A. The Calibrator Wideband output changes to 300 mV at 1 kHz. 13. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A when the 5790A settles to a reading. This is the 300 mV reference value from which all other frequencies will be compared. 14. Repeat steps 7 and 8 above for each frequency through 30 MHz. 15. Push the CLEAR REF WBND soft key on the 5790A. The 5790A wideband output changes to 100 mV at 1 kHz. 16. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A when the 5790A settles to a reading. This is the 100 mV reference value from which all other frequencies will be compared. 17. Repeat steps 7 and 8 above for each frequency through 30 MHz. Only the 10 MHz, 20 MHz and 30 MHz points are adjusted. 18. Push the CLEAR REF WBND soft key on the 5790A. The 5790A wideband output changes to 30 mV at 1 kHz. 19. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A when the 5790A settles to a reading. This is the 30 mV reference value from which all other frequencies will be compared. 20. Repeat steps 7 and 8 above for each frequency through 30 MHz. 3-39 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 21. Push the CLEAR REF WBND soft key on the 5790A. The 5790A wideband output changes to 10 mV at 1 kHz. 22. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A when the 5790A settles to a reading. This is the 10 mV reference value from which all other frequencies will be compared. 23. Repeat steps 7 and 8 above for each frequency through 30 MHz. Only the 10 MHz, 20 MHz and 30 MHz points are adjusted. 24. Make sure the rear panel CALIBRATION switch is in the ENABLE position. Store the cal constants by pushing the STORE VALUES softkey. When the display returns to normal, set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to NORMAL. The Calibrator wideband flatness calibration is now complete. 3-28. Optional Tests These tests may be used in acceptance testing or following repair likely to affect the characteristics tested here. They are not recommended to be done routinely. If the Calibrator passes Calibration Performance Verification, you do not need to perform these tests; verification either exercises these functions or is subject to their effects. The Optional Tests include such checks as load regulation, noise, and distortion. Equipment required for the optional tests is listed in Table 3-13. Table 3-13. Equipment Required For DC V Optional Tests Equipment Model DMM Wavetek 1281 or HP 3458A RMS Differential Voltmeter Fluke 5790A Power Decade Resistor Clarostat 240C Differential Amplifier Plug-In Tektronix 7A22 Oscilloscope Mainframe Tektronix 7000 Series DC Voltage Reference Standard Fluke 732B Reference Divider Fluke 752A Null Detector EM Electronics N11(Fluke 845A) Kelvin-Varley Divider Fluke 720A 3-29. DC Voltage Load Regulation Test Use Table 3-34 for a test record. Proceed as follows to test the dc voltage load regulation: 1. Ensure the Calibrator is in standby. With the test setup of Figure 3-5, connect the power decade resistor across the Calibrator OUTPUT terminals. Connect two shorting links between the Calibrator SENSE and OUTPUT terminals and select external sense (EX SNS indicator lit). 2. Set the reference divider to 10V. Set the Calibrator output to 10V dc. Set the power decade resistor to 199Ω. Set the Calibrator to operate. Adjust the Calibrator as necessary to obtain a null on the null detector. Rotate the most significant dial on the power decade resistor to 9. Verify that the null detector indication changes less than ±2 μV. Set the Calibrator to standby. 3-40 Calibration and Verification Optional Tests 3 3. Repeat load regulation testing at the remaining Calibrator outputs shown in Table 3-47. 4. Set the Calibrator to standby and disconnect all equipment from the Calibrator. 3-30. DC Voltage Linearity Test Use Table 3-35 for a test record. Proceed as follows to test the dc voltage linearity: 1. Self calibrate the Kelvin-Varley (KV) divider as called for in its service manual. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-16. NULL DETECTOR HI LO GND* GRD 732B 720A CALIBRATOR (UUT) 10V INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT SENSE HI HI HI HI HI LO LO LO LO LO GRD GND GND GND GRD *NOTE: IF THE NULL DETECTOR IS NOT GROUNDED THROUGH POWER LINE, CONNECT ITS GROUND TERMINAL TO THE GROUND TERMINAL ONTHE 5700A. F3-14.EPS Figure 3-16. DC Voltage Linearity Test 3. Set the KV dials to zero by using the RANGE LOCK. Set the Calibrator to 0V on the 11V range operate. Note the null detector reading. Press OFFSET on the Calibrator. 4. Set KV dials to 0.999999X and Calibrator for a 10V output. 5. Use the Calibrator output adjustment to obtain a null detector reading equal to the reading noted in step 3. Press SCALE on the Calibrator. 6. For each of the KV settings tabulated in Table 3-36, make the required Kelvin Varley setting, and verify that the null detector reads within the limits shown. 3-31. DC Voltage Output Noise (10 Hz to 10 kHz) Test Use Table 3-36 for a test record. Proceed as follows to test the dc voltage output noise that falls in the range 10 Hz to 10 kHz: 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-17. 3-41 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual CALIBRATOR OSCILLOSCOPE TRUE RMS MAINFRAME* VOLTMETER (UUT) 7A22 VERTICAL PLUG-IN HI LO OUTPUT GRD GND COAX SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CLIP LEADS 3' APPROX BNC GR BANANA PLUGS * OSCILLOSCOPE AND AC DIFFERENTIAL SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLE DETAIL VOLTMETER SHOULD BE ISOLATED FROM THE POWER LINE GROUND. F3-15.EPS Figure 3-17. DC Voltage Output Noise Test Setup 2. Set the Oscilloscope Differential Amplifier controls as shown below. Low Frequency -3 dB 10 Hz High Frequency -3 dB 10 kHz Input Coupling AC (both inputs) Volts/Div 50 μV (Var. to Cal.) 3. Set the Oscilloscope Time/Div for 2 ms. 4. Set the rms voltmeter range to 1V. 5. Set the Calibrator to 2.2V dc, operate. Verify that the reading on the rms voltmeter is less than 150 mV. NOTE This test assumes that the amplifier plug-in and scope have a gain equal 4 to 0.5V divided by the input/div. setting, which in the above case is 1x10 . 6. Repeat the above process for the remaining tabulated settings shown in Table 3-49; verify that the rms meter indicates less than the amount shown for each required output level. 7. Press RESET on the Calibrator and disconnect the test configuration. 3-42 OUTPUT SENSE Calibration and Verification Optional Tests 3 3-32. DC Voltage Output Noise (0.1 to 10 Hz) Test Proceed as follows to test for dc voltage output noise in the range 0.1 to 10 Hz: 1. Place the 8520A DMM into Math Program 8 with the Display Option Register set to register 8.3 (Standard Deviation Computed Variable)as follows: a. Press SHIFT, 8, and PROGRAM SELECTION. Then press SHIFT, 0, ., 1, PROGRAM SELECTION, 8, ., 3, PROGRAM DATA. b. Set the DMM to 200 mV DC Range, 20 Samples/Second, and 1000 ms Filter. c. Set PROGRAMS IN USE to the ON position. 2. Lock the Calibrator in the 22V range and set it to 100 mV dc. Place the Calibrator in operate. 3. Connect the DMM to the Calibrator OUTPUT binding posts and press the DMM reset button once. Verify that after 10 seconds the DMM reads less than 0.0010E-3. 4. Lock the Calibrator in the 220V range and set it to 100 mV dc. Place the Calibrator in operate. 5. Press the DMM reset button once. Verify that after 10 seconds the DMM reads less than 0.0100E-3. 6. Set the Calibrator to standby. 3-33. AC Voltage Distortion Test Equipment required for these tests is listed in Table 3-14. Proceed as follows to test for distortion in the ac voltage function. Use Table 3-37 for test record. Table 3-14. Equipment Required for Distortion Test Equipment Model DMM Wavetek 1281 or HP 3458A Distortion Analyzer Krohn-Hite 6900B Spectrum Analyzer (only for 5700A-03) HP 8590A Non-wirewound load resistors Any (see *Table 3-50 for values) 1. Connect the Calibrator output terminals to the distortion analyzer. 2. Measure the Calibrator distortion at the output voltages and frequencies tabulated in Table 3-37. Verify that the distortion measured is within the limits shown. WXWarning A non-reactive voltage divider may be necessary to scale the test voltages to match the distortion analyzer characteristics. 3-34. Wideband Distortion Testing Proceed as follows to test for distortion in the wideband output function (for units with the Option 5700A-03 Wideband AC Module only). 1. Connect the Wideband output terminated in 50Ω to the spectrum analyzer input. 3-43 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Note If the spectrum analyzer input impedance is 50Ω, do not use a separate termination. 2. With 0 dBm output programmed from the Calibrator wideband output, select frequencies over the band of 1 MHz to 30 MHz and verify that use the spectrum analyzer to verify that any harmonics are below -40 dBm for fundamentals up to 10 MHz and below -34 dBm for fundamentals of 10 MHz and above. 3. Disconnect the equipment from the Calibrator. 3-35. AC Voltage Overshoot Test Proceed as follows to test for ac voltage overshoot: 1. Connect the Calibrator output to a properly compensated 10:1 probe. 2. AC couple the oscilloscope and set the sweeptime to a fairly low sweeptime (approximately 1 sec/div). 3. Set the Calibrator to 7.07V at 1 kHz, and press OPR/STBY. 4. Set the scope vertical sensitivity for 0.05V/div. Offset the trace vertically until you can see the top of the waveform at the approximate center of the display (must be at least 2-3 divisions down from the top of the scope graticule). 5. Set the Calibrator to standby and then back to operate. Verify that any overshoot visible on the oscilloscope display is less than 1.5 divisions (approximately 10% of the peak value). 6. Repeat the test at 100 Hz and 100 kHz. This completes the Optional Tests. 3-36. Minimum Use Requirements Table 3-15 defines specifications for test equipment needed for tests in this section of the manual. If the specific test equipment called for in these tests is not available, you can substitute equipment that meets these specifications. 3-44 Calibration and Verification Minimum Use Requirements 3 Table 3-15. Minimum Use Requirements Item Recommended Description Minimum Use Specifications No. Equipment Calibration Equipment 1. Voltage Reference Fluke 732B 10V nominal, true value certified to within ±1.5 ppm 2. Resistance Standards Fluke 742A Series, 1Ω 1Ω nominal, true value certified to within 10 and 10 kΩ ppm, 10 kΩ nominal, true value certified to within 4 ppm Calibration Verification Equipment 3. Reference Voltage Fluke 752A Range uncertainty 100:1, 1 kV input, ±0.5 Divider ppm 10:1 100V input ±0.2 ppm 12 4. Null Detector EM Electronics N11 Leakage resistance to case: 10 Ω min. (Fluke 845A) Resolution: 3 μV full scale 5. Low Thermal EMF Fluke 5440A-7002 Plug-in. Copper or gold-flashed copper (two Cables cables per set, two sets required). Fluke 5440A-7003 Spade lug. Copper or gold-flashed copper (two cables per set, two sets required). 6. Digital Multimeter Fluke 8508A DC Voltage Range: 0.1 to 10V Resolution and short-term stability: ±2 ppm Resistance range: 1Ω to 10 MΩ Resolution and short- term stability :±20 uΩ at 1Ω, 1.9Ω ±5 ppm at 10Ω, 19Ω ±2 ppm at 100Ω to 1.9 MΩ ±4 ppm at 10 MΩ, 19 MΩ 7. Current Source Fluke 55X0A, Range: 10 mA and 100 mA Typical short- 5700A/5720A Series II, term stability ±15 ppm for 5 minutes 8. AC Measurement Fluke 5790A (Option -03 Ranges: 2.2 mV through 1000V AC Standard required for Wideband Frequency: 10 Hz to 1 MHz Flatness Verification) 24 to 7500 ppm, depending on amplitude and frequency (see Table 3-9.) Wideband Ranges: 2.2 mV through 7V Frequency: 10 Hz to 30 MHz Uncertainty: 0.03% to 0.9%, depending on amplitude and frequency (see Table 3-18.) 3-45 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-15. Minimum Use Requirements (cont) Item Recommended Description Minimum Use Specifications No. Equipment 9. Current Shunt Adapter Fluke 792A-7004 Used in conjunction with 5790A and A40- series shunts to facilitate AC Current measurements 10. Frequency Counter Philips PM 6669 10 Hz to 30 MHz ±0.002% 11. Standard Resistors (1) Fluke 742A-1 0.1Ω nominal, true value certified to within Fluke 742A-1.9 20 ppm, rated for 2A DC; 1Ω nominal, true Fluke 742A-10 value certified to within 6 ppm; 1.9Ω Fluke 742A-1k nominal, true value certified to within 6 ppm; Fluke 742A-10k 10Ω nominal, true value certified to within 6 Fluke 742A-19k ppm; 1 kΩ nominal, true value certified to Fluke 742A-10M within 5.5 ppm; 10 kΩ nominal, true value Fluke 742A-19M certified to within 3.5 ppm; 19 kΩ nominal, L&N 4221B (0.1Ω) true value certified to within 4 ppm; 10 MΩ nominal, true value certified to within 15 ppm; 19 MΩ nominal, true value certified to within 28 ppm 12. DC Current Shunt (2) Fluke Y5020 Range: 10A Uncertainty: ±0.008% 13. AC/DC Current Shunt Fluke A40-20 mA Ranges: 20 mA, 200 mA, 2A and 10A Fluke A40-200 mA Frequency: 10 Hz to 10 kHz Fluke A40-2A Uncertainty: ±310 ppm at 10 Hz; ±100 ppm Fluke A40A-10A (2) at 20 Hz; ±50 ppm at 40 Hz, 1 kHz; ±100 ppm at 5 kHz, 10 kHz 14. Metal Film Resistors Stock Items Values: 200Ω, 2 kΩ, and 1 MΩ Temperature C°: T9 or better Power Rating: 1/4 Watt Tolerance: ±1% 15. Differential Amplifier Sensitivity: 5 μV rms Bandwidth selectable Tektronix 7A22 w/7000- to 10 kHz Series Mainframe 16. Distortion Analyzer Krohn-Hite 6900B Range: 2V to 300V Frequency: 10 Hz to 600 kHz 17. Kelvin-Varley Voltage Ratio uncertainty: ±0.1 ppm of input Fluke 720A Divider 18. HF Spectrum Analyzer Freq. Range: 2 MHz to 120 MHz Input HP 8590A (used in optional test Level: 3V (+20 dBm to -60 dBm) for wideband distortion) 1: A DMM may be used for all but the 1Ω and 1.9Ω values. For those values using the DMM, a test method using an external current source is used for low-value resistance. 2: Needed only for 5725A Amplifier testing. 3-37. Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals The verification procedures in this chapter test to the 90 day 99% confidence specification limits. For other calibration intervals it is necessary to calculate new specification limits and, if necessary, new test limits. The following examples show how the 90 day limits were calculated. These examples illustrate how you can calculate the specifications and test limits, if necessary, for other calibration intervals. 3-46 Calibration and Verification Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3 Example 1 shows you how to calculate a specification limit for a specific test level from a specification listed as a percentage (or parts per million) of reading plus a floor error in microvolts, millivolts, miroamps, or nanoamps. The 99% confidence specification for a 5720A at 2 mA, 1 kHz is 130 ppm + 40 nA. We can convert the floor uncertainty of 40 nA to ppm of output by dividing 40 nA by 2 mA and multiplying by a million: (130 + 1000000*0.000000040/0.002)=130 ppm + 20 ppm = 150 ppm This test limit is shown in Table 3-28. If we wanted to test to the 1 year specification of 140 ppm + 40 nA, the test limit would be the specification of 140 ppm + 40 nA = 140 ppm + 40 ppm = 180 ppm. Example 2 shows you how to calculate a specification limit and a tighter test limit. For instrumentation that have the precision of the 5720A/5700A Series II calibrators, it is difficult obtain standards which are many times more accurate than the calibrator specifications. Therefore, for cases when the test uncertainty ratio (TUR) of the standards is less than 4:1, guardbanding is used to set test limits which are tighter than the specification limits. These limits provide the same risk of accepting out of tolerance instruments as a TUR of 4:1. The statistical analysis of the guardbanding techniques used are described in a series of technical papers referenced at the end of this chapter. Guardbanding is used to set the test limits different than the specification limits for a 5720A at 2V, 1 kHz. The 90 day specification is 47 ppm + 10 uV. When you calculate the specification in ppm at the 2V level in the same way as in Example 1, the specification limit is: (47 + 1000000*0.000010/2)=47 ppm + 5 ppm = 52 ppm. 99% Confidence Guardband Factors 1.000 0.950 0.900 0.850 0.800 0.750 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 Test Uncertainty Ratio CHART.EPS Figure 3-18. Determining Other Test Limits 3-47 Guardband Factor (K) Table 3-16. 5720A Resistance Test Record 1Ω Std Res 1Ω Std Measured Cal UUT 1Ω UUT 1Ω UUT UUT Uncert Spec TUR GB Test Max Value Voltage 1Ω Std Current Displayed Voltage True Dev. Std (±ppm) Factor Limit Difference of Voltage Value Res (±ppm) Charactized to Nominal Value 5.9 95 16.06 1.000 95 0.9995 to 1.0005 1.9Ω Std 1.9Ω Std Measured Cal UUT 1.9Ω UUT UUT UUT Spec Max Res Value Voltage 1.9Ω Std Current Displayed 1.9Ω True Dev. (±ppm) Difference of Voltage Value Voltage Res Characterized to Nominal Value 5.9 95 16.06 1.000 95 1.89905 to 1.90095 10Ω Std 10Ω Std Measured Cal UUT 10Ω UUT UUT UUT Spec Max Res Value Voltage 10Ω Std Current Displayed 10Ω True Dev. (±ppm) Difference of Voltage Value Voltage Res Characterized to Nominal Value 5.9 25 4.23 1.000 25 9.997 to 10.004 Resistance Accuracy Verification (19Ω And Above) Std DMM Std DMM DMM UUT True UUT Dev. Uncert Spec TUR GB Test Max Res Res Rdg Error UUT Res Res Value Std (±ppm) Factor Limit Difference of Value Value (±ppm) Characterized to Nominal Value 19Ω (1) 25 18.9943 to 19.0057 100Ω (1) 5.1 11 2.16 0.970 10.7 99.985 to 100.015 190Ω (1) 11 189.9715 to 190.0285 1 kΩ (1) 4.7 9 1.91 0.926 8.3 999.85 to 1000.15 1.9 kΩ (1) 9 1.899715k to 1.900285k 10 kΩ 3.1 9 2.92 0.978 8.8 9.9985k to 10.0015k 19 kΩ 3.5 9 2.55 0.963 8.7 18.99715k to 19.00285k 100 kΩ(1) 5.1 11 2.15 0.942 10.4 99.985k to 100.015k 190 kΩ (1) 11 189.9715k to 190.0285k 1 MΩ (1) 8.1 18 2.23 0.948 17.1 0.9998M to 1.0002M 3-48 Table 3-16. 5720A Resistance Test Record (cont) Std DMM Std DMM DMM UUT True UUT Dev. Uncert Spec TUR GB Test Max Res Res Rdg Error UUT Res Res Value Std (ppm) Factor Limit Difference of Value Value (±ppm) Characterized to Nominal Value 1.9 MΩ (1) 19 1.89962M to 1.90038M 10 MΩ) 12.0 37 3.07 0.982 36.3 9.997M to 10.003M 19 MΩ 21.9 47 2.15 0.942 44.3 18.9943M to 19.0057M 100 MΩ 110 99.95M to 100.05M (2) 1: Not necessary to test due to 5720A Series II internal calibration process. Uncertainties and test limits are shown for other available 742A Standard Resistors. 2: Due to extremely slow settling time (approximately 5 minutes to 0.005% and sensitivity to any nearby movement, use of the DMM to test 100 megohms to the specified 0.01% uncertainty is not practical and therefore is not recommended. For those who wish to test it, a suitable way is to use an ESI SR 1050 10M/step Hamon-type Resistance Transfer Standard and use it in conjunction with an ESI 242-series bridge to effect the measurement to the required uncertainty. 3-49 Table 3-17. 5700A Resistance Test Record Max Measured UUT 1Ω Difference of 1Ω Std Res 1Ω Std Cal UUT 1Ω UUT UUT Uncert Spec TUR GB Test 1Ω Std Displayed Characterized to Value Voltage Current Voltage True Dev. Std (ppm) Factor Limit Voltage Value Nominal Value Res (ppm) 5.9 95 16.06 1.000 95 0.9995 to 1.0005 Spec TUR GB Test Max Measured UUT 1.9Ω (ppm) Factor Limit Difference of 1.9Ω Std 1.9Ω Std Cal UUT UUT UUT 1.9Ω Std Displayed (ppm) Characterized to Res Value Voltage Current 1.9Ω True Dev. Voltage Value Nominal Value Voltage Res 5.9 95 16.06 1.000 95 1.89905 to 1.90095 Spec TUR GB Test Max Measured UUT 10Ω (ppm) Factor Limit Difference of 10Ω Std 10Ω Std Cal UUT UUT UUT 10Ω Std Displayed (ppm) Characterized to Res Value Voltage Current 10Ω True Dev. Voltage Value Nominal Value Voltage Res 5.9 28 4.73 1.000 28 9.997 to 10.004 Resistance Accuracy Verification (19Ω And Above) Max Difference of Std DMM Std DMM DMM UUT True UUT Dev. Uncert. Spec TUR GB Test Characterized to Res Res Rdg Error UUT Res Res Value std (±ppm) Factor Limit Nominal Value Value Value (±ppm) 19Ω (1) 18.9943 to 19.0057 100Ω (1) 5.1 17 3.33 0.990 16.8 99.985 to 100.015 190Ω (1) 11 189.9715 to 190.0285 1 kΩ (1) 4.7 12 2.54 0.963 11.6 999.85 to 1000.15 1.9 kΩ (1) 9 1.899715k to 1.900285k 10 kΩ 3.1 11 3.57 0.994 10.9 9.9985k to 10.0015k 19 kΩ 3.5 11 3.11 0.984 10.8 18.99715k to 19.00285k 100 kΩ(1) 5.1 13 2.54 0.963 12.5 99.985k to 100.015k 190 kΩ (1) 11 189.9715k to 190.0285k 1 MΩ (1) 8.1 18 2.23 0.948 17.1 0.9998M to 1.0002M 3-50 Table 3-17. 5700A Resistance Test Record (cont) Max Difference of Std DMM Std DMM DMM UUT True UUT Dev. Uncert. Spec TUR GB Test Characterized to Res Res Rdg Error UUT Res Res Value std (±ppm) Factor Limit Nominal Value Value Value (±ppm) 1.9 MΩ (1) ±19 1.89962M to 1.90038M 10 MΩ 12.0 ±37 3.07 0.982 36.3 9.997M to 10.003M 19 MΩ) 21.9 ±47 2.15 0.942 44.3 18.9943M to 19.0057M 100 MΩ ±110 99.95M to 100.05M (2) 1: Not necessary to test due to 5720A Series II internal calibration process. Uncertainties and test limits are shown for other available 742A Standard Resistors. 2: Due to extremely slow settling time (approximately 5 minutes to 0.005% and sensitivity to any nearby movement, use of the DMM to test 100 megohms to the specified 0.01% uncertainty is not practical and therefore is not recommended. For those who wish to test it, a suitable way is to use an ESI SR 1050 10M/step Hamon-type Resistance Transfer Standard and use it in conjunction with an ESI 242-series bridge to effect the measurement to the required uncertainty. 3-51 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-18. DC Voltage Test Record for 5720A 5720A Null Detector Divider 5720A Null Det Limit Meter Limit Output Reading(μV) Setting Range (μV) Rattle (μV) (1) (2) 0.1V 0.22V 0.1V ±1.20 (2) NA 1V 2.2V 1V ±4.8 μV (2) 0.55 1V 11V 1V (3) ±6 (2) 2.2 10V 11V 10V (4) ±33 3.5 10V 22V 10V (3) ±35 5.5 100V 220V 100V ±45 7.5 1000V 1100V 1000V ±65 4.5 0.1V 0.22V -0.1V ±1.20 (2) NA 1V 2.2V -1V ±4.8 (2) 0.55 10V 11V -10V ±6.0 (2) 2.2 1: Mathematically, the true 5700A/5720A Series II output programmed is the certified value of the reference standard divided by the reference standard nominal value, multiplied by the required 5700A/5720A Series II nominal output. In other words, the 5700A/5720A Series II output is always programmed for the nominal output adjusted up or down by the same percentage as the certified value of the reference standard. 2: On the 752A 0.1 and 1V ranges, the null detector polarity is reversed. A low input (5700A/5720A Series II output) causes a positive null detector reading. 3: Use Range Lock to obtain 1V on 11V and 10V on 22V range. Deactivate Range Lock before setting the next voltage output. 4: Line regulation can be verified at this time by adjusting the autotransformer for a ±10% change in line voltage. The null detector reading must remain constant within ±1 μV. 3-52 Calibration and Verification Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3 Table 3-19. DC Voltage Test Record for 5700A 5700A Null Detector Divider 5700A Null Det Limit Meter Limit Output Reading(μV) Setting Range (μV) Rattle (μV) (1) (2) 0.1V 0.22V 0.1V ±1.45 (2) NA 1V 2.2V 1V ±7.2 (2) 0.55 1V 11V 1V (3) ±9 (2) 2.2 10V 11V 10V (4) ±54 3.5 10V 22V 10V (3) ±58 5.5 100V 220V 100V ±70 7.5 1000V 1100V 1000V ±86 4.5 0.1V 0.22V -0.1V ±1.45 (2) NA 1V 2.2V -1V ±7.2 (2) 0.55 10V 11V -10V ±54 3.5 1: Mathematically, the true 5700A/5720A Series II output programmed is the certified value of the reference standard divided by the reference standard nominal value, multiplied by the required 5700A/5720A Series II nominal output. In other words, the 5700A/5720A Series II output is always programmed for the nominal output adjusted up or down by the same percentage as the certified value of the reference standard. 2: On the 752A 0.1 and 1V ranges, the null detector polarity is reversed. A low input (5700A/5720A Series II output) causes a positive null detector reading. 3: Use Range Lock to obtain 1V on 11V and 10V on 22V range. Deactivate Range Lock before setting the next voltage output. 4: Line regulation can be verified at this time by adjusting the autotransformer for a ±10% change in line voltage. The null detector reading must remain constant within ±1 μV. 3-53 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-20. Direct Current Accuracy Test Record (5720A) Characterizing dc DMM @ ±200 mV and ±2.0V Column A Column B DC DMM Std UUT Actual Test Limit, Output Rdg. Std Res UUT Error Setting Res Error (A+B) 90-day Current Correction Reading Value (ppm) (±ppm) (ppm) (ppm) +2A 0.1Ω (200 mV) 118 -2A 0.1Ω (200 mV) 118 +200 mA 1.0Ω (200 mV) 57 -200 mA 1.0Ω (200 mV) 57 +20 mA 10Ω (200 mV) 38 -20 mA 10Ω (200 mV) 38 +2 mA 1 kΩ (2V) 39 -2 mA 1 kΩ (2V) 39 +200 μA 10 kΩ (2V) 49 -200 μA 10 kΩ (2V) 49 3-54 Calibration and Verification Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3 Table 3-21. Direct Current Accuracy Test Record (5700A) Characterizing dc DMM @ ±200 mV and ±2.0V Column A Column B Std UUT Actual Test Limit, Output DC DMM Rdg Std Res UUT Error Res Error (A+B) 90-day Current Setting Correction Reading Value (ppm) (ppm) (ppm) (ppm) +2A 0.1Ω (200 mV) 135 -2A 0.1Ω (200 mV) 135 +200 mA 1.0Ω (200 mV) 73 -200 mA 1.0Ω (200 mV) 73 +20 mA 10Ω (200 mV) 55 -20 mA 10Ω (200 mV) 55 +2 mA 1 kΩ (2V) 55 -2 mA 1 kΩ (2V) 55 +200 μA 10 kΩ (2V) 100 -200 μA 10 kΩ (2V) 100 5725A Amplifier DC Current Test Output DC DMM Certified Shunt Cal Actual Test Limits, 90- Current Value Current day Reading (±ppm) +10A 388 ppm -10A 388 ppm +5A 436 ppm +3A 500 ppm -3A 500 ppm Table 3-22. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test Record Frequency Tolerance Actual 10 Hz 99.99 ms - 100.01 ms 15 Hz 66.673 ms - 66.66 ms 100 Hz 9.999 ms - 10.001 ms 200 Hz 199.98 Hz - 200.02 Hz 500 Hz 499.95 Hz - 500.05 Hz 1 kHz 999.9 Hz - 1000.1 Hz 5 kHz 4999.5 Hz - 5000.5 Hz 10 kHz 9.999 kHz - 10.001 kHz 140 kHz 139.986 kHz - 140.014 kHz 200 kHz 199.98 kHz - 200.02 kHz 500 kHz 499.95 kHz - 500.05 kHz 1 MHz 0.9999 MHz - 1.0001 MHz 3-55 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-23. 5720A AC Voltage Output Test Record 5790A Error Output Spec 1-Year Frequency TUR GB Test Limit (4) Display Level (± ppm ) Spec Factor (± ppm) Reading (± ppm) 90-Day Test Record 2 mV 1 kHz 2590 1070 2.42 0.958 2480 2 mV 20 kHz 2590 1070 2.42 0958 2480 2 mV 50 kHz 2730 1810 1.51 0.882 2408 2 mV 100 kHz 3540 2450 1.44 0.874 3093 2 mV 300 kHz 7200 4300 1.67 0.903 6498 2 mV 500 kHz 14000 6400 2.19 0.945 13223 2 mV 1 MHz 15600 7500 2.08 0.938 14637 2 mV 40 Hz 2950 1070 2.42 0.958 2480 2 mV 20 Hz 2605 1390 1.87 0.923 2403 2 mV 10 Hz 2770 2350 1.18 0.823 2280 20 mV 1 kHz 340 175 1.94 0.928 316 20 mV 20 kHz 340 175 1.94 0.928 316 20 mV 50 kHz 480 310 1.55 0.887 426 20 mV 100 kHz 840 435 1.93 0.928 779 20 mV 300 kHz 1800 1010 1.78 0.914 1646 20 mV 500 kHz 2750 1290 2.13 0.942 2789 20 mV 1 MHz 4350 2100 2.07 0.938 4079 20 mV 40 Hz 340 175 1.94 0.928 316 20 mV 20 Hz 355 255 1.94 0.866 307 20 mV 10 Hz 520 355 1.46 0.877 456 200 mV 1 kHz 130 45 2.89 0.977 127 200 mV 20 kHz 130 45 2.89 0.977 127 200 mV 50 kHz 270 79 3.42 0.990 267 200 mV 100 kHz 640 172 3.72 0.996 638 200 mV 300 kHz 1025 270 3.80 0.997 1022 200 mV 500 kHz 1650 420 3.93 0.999 1648 200 mV 1 MHz 3200 1040 3.08 0.982 3143 200 mV 40 Hz 130 45 2.89 0.977 127 200 mV 20 Hz 245 92 1.58 0.891 129 200 mV 10 Hz 345 217 1.59 0.892 308 2V 1 kHz 52 24 2.17 0.943 49 2V 20 kHz 52 24 2.17 0.943 49 2V 50 kHz 91 46 1.98 0.931 85 2V 100 kHz 145 71 2.04 0.936 136 2V 300 kHz 470 160 2.94 0.978 460 2V 500 kHz 1225 260 4.70 1.000 ⎯ 2V 1 MHz 2100 900 2.23 0.953 2001 2V 40 Hz 52 24 2.17 0.943 49 2V 20 Hz 110 66 1.67 0.901 99 2V 10 Hz 295 200 1.48 0.878 259 2.3V(1) 1 kHz 81 24 3.37 0.989 80 20V 1 kHz 52 27 1.87 0.923 47 20V 20 kHz 52 27 1.87 0.923 47 20V 50 kHz 91 48 1.90 0.924 84 20V 100 kHz 128 81 1.57 0.891 114 20V 300 kHz 350 190 1.84 0.920 322 20V 500 kHz 1225 400 3.06 0.982 1203 20V 1 MHz 1800 1200 1.50 0.881 1585 20V(2) 40 Hz 52 27 1.87 0.923 47 20V 20 Hz 110 67 1.64 0.899 99 20V 10 Hz 295 200 1.48 0.878 259 3-56 Calibration and Verification Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3 Table 3-23. 5720A AC Voltage Test Record (cont) 5790A Error Output Spec 1-Year Frequency TUR GB Test Limit (4) Display Level (± ppm ) Spec Factor (± ppm) Reading (± ppm) 200V 1 kHz 64 31 2.05 0.936 59 200V 20 kHz 64 31 2.05 0.936 59 200V 50 kHz 101 69 1.46 0.875 88 200V 100 kHz 185 98 1.89 0.923 171 200V(2) 40 Hz 64 31 2.05 0.936 59 200V 20 Hz 110 68 1.62 0.896 99 200V 10 Hz 295 200 1.48 0.878 259 300V(3) 20 kHz 145 41 3.54 .993 144 600V(3) 50 kHz 378 130 2.91 .977 369 600V(3) 100 kHz 1375 500 2.21 .945 1299 1 kV 1 kHz 79 38 2.08 0.938 74 1 kV 50 Hz 79 38 2.08 0.938 74 1 kV 300 Hz 79 38 2.08 0.938 74 1 kV(3) 20 kHz 131 38 3.45 .991 130 1 kV(3) 30 kHz 371 130 2.85 .975 362 1 kV(3) 40 Hz 84 38 2.21 .945 79 1: This is a test of the bottom of the 20V range . 2: Observe the Calibrator output for 10 minutes and verify that it remains stable within ±7.5 ppm. 3: Perform only for units that are used with a 5725A Amplifier. 4: When the TUR (Test Uncertainty Ratio) is less than 4:1, the spec is reduced to give the same Consumer Risk as a 4:1 TUR as described later in this chapter. 3-57 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-24. 5700A AC Voltage Output Test Record 5790A Error Output Spec 1-Year Frequency TUR GB Test Limit (4) Display Level (± ppm ) Spec Factor (± ppm) Reading (± ppm) 90-Day Test Record 2 mV 1 kHz 2610 1070 2.44 0.958 2500 2 mV 20 kHz 2610 1070 2.44 0.958 2500 2 mV 50 kHz 2870 1810 1.59 0.892 2561 2 mV 100 kHz 4900 2450 2.00 0.932 4568 2 mV 300 kHz 8700 4300 2.02 0.932 8128 2 mV 500 kHz 16700 6400 2.61 0.966 16132 2 mV 1 MHz 24400 7500 3.25 0.987 24078 2 mV 40 Hz 2610 1070 2.44 0.958 2500 2 mV 20 Hz 2720 1390 1.96 0.928 2524 2 mV 10 Hz 3050 2350 1.30 0.848 2586 20 mV 1 kHz 410 175 2.34 0.953 391 20 mV 20 kHz 410 175 2.34 0.953 391 20 mV 50 kHz 670 310 2.16 0.943 632 20 mV 100 kHz 1300 435 2.99 0.980 1274 20 mV 300 kHz 1950 1010 1.93 0.927 1808 20 mV 500 kHz 3200 1290 2.48 0.960 3072 20 mV 1 MHz 6400 2100 3.05 0.982 6280 20 mV 40 Hz 410 175 2.34 0.950 390 20 mV 20 Hz 520 255 2.04 0.935 486 20 mV 10 Hz 850 355 2.39 0.956 813 200 mV 1 kHz 150 45 3.33 0.988 148 200 mV 20 kHz 150 45 3.33 0.988 148 200 mV 50 kHz 380 79 4.81 1.000 ⎯ 200 mV 100 kHz 950 172 5.52 1.000 ⎯ 200 mV 300 kHz 1150 270 4.26 1.000 ⎯ 200 mV 500 kHz 1900 420 4.52 1.000 ⎯ 200 mV 1 MHz 3800 1040 3.65 0.995 3781 200 mV 40 Hz 150 45 3.33 0.988 148 200 mV 20 Hz 270 92 2.93 0.978 264 200 mV 10 Hz 630 217 2.90 0.977 616 2V 1 kHz 78 24 3.25 0.987 77 2V 20 kHz 78 24 3.25 0.987 77 2V 50 kHz 140 46 3.04 0.980 137 2V 100 kHz 290 71 4.08 1.000 ⎯ 2V 300 kHz 515 160 3.22 0.986 508 2V 500 kHz 1300 260 5.00 1.000 ⎯ 2V 1 MHz 2700 900 3.00 0.980 2646 2V 40 Hz 78 24 3.25 0.987 77 2V 20 Hz 185 66 2.80 0.974 180 2V 10 Hz 600 200 3.00 0.980 588 2.3V(1) 1 kHz 105 24 4.38 1.000 ⎯ 20V 1 kHz 78 27 2.89 0.977 77 20V 20 kHz 78 27 2.89 0.977 77 20V 50 kHz 140 48 2.92 0.978 137 20V 100 kHz 270 81 3.33 0.988 267 20V 300 kHz 635 190 3.34 0.988 627 20V 500 kHz 1550 400 3.88 0.998 1547 20V 1 MHz 3250 1200 2.71 0.970 3153 20V(2) 40 Hz 78 27 2.89 0.977 77 20V 20 Hz 185 67 2.76 0.972 180 20V 10 Hz 600 200 3.00 0.980 588 3-58 Calibration and Verification Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3 Table 3-24. 5700A AC Voltage Output Test Record (cont) 5790A Error Output Spec 1-Year Frequency TUR GB Test Limit (4) Display Level (± ppm ) Spec Factor (± ppm) Reading (± ppm) 200V 1 kHz 85 31 2.74 0.971 83 200V 20 kHz 85 31 2.74 0.971 83 200V 50 kHz 240 69 3.48 0.991 238 200V 100 kHz 600 98 6.12 1.00 ⎯ 200V(2) 40 Hz 85 31 2.74 0.972 83 200V 20 Hz 185 68 2.72 0.970 179 200V 10 Hz 600 200 3.00 0.980 588 300V(3) 20 kHz 145 41 3.54 0.993 144 600V(3) 50 kHz 378 130 2.91 0.977 369 600V(3) 100 kHz 1375 500 2.21 0.945 1299 1 kV 1 kHz 84 38 2.21 0.945 79 1 kV 50 Hz 84 38 2.21 0.945 79 1 kV 300 Hz 84 38 2.21 0.945 79 1 kV(3) 20 kHz 131 38 3.45 0.991 130 1 kV(3) 30 kHz 371 130 2.85 0.975 362 1 kV(3) 40 Hz 84 38 2.21 0.945 79 1: This is a test of the bottom of the 20V range . 2: Observe the Calibrator output for 10 minutes and verify that it remains stable within ±7.5 ppm. 3: Perform only for units that are used with a 5725A Amplifier. 4: When the TUR (Test Uncertainty Ratio) is less than 4:1, the spec is reduced to give the same Consumer Risk as a 4:1 TUR as described later in this chapter. Table 3-25. AC Voltage 2 mV Range Test Record Characterized 1.9 mV Reading Error Display Reading Limits ±0.26% 3-59 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-26. 5720A AC Current 20 mA to 10A Accuracy Test Record 2A, 200 mA, 20 mA and 10A Test Record A40 Shunt UUT Error Calculated Output Freq Spec AC-DC Diff Display Error Current ± ppm 2A 40 Hz 320 2A 1 kHz 320 2A 5 kHz 510 2A 10 kHz 7100 200 mA 10 Hz 305 200 mA 20 Hz 200 200 mA 40 Hz 145 200 mA 1 kHz 145 200 mA 5 kHz 240 200 mA 10 kHz 1160 20 mA 10 Hz 305 20 mA 20 Hz 200 20 mA 40 Hz 150 20 mA 1 kHz 150 20 mA 5 kHz 255 20 mA 10 kHz 1400 10A (1) 40 Hz 417 10A (1) 1 kHz 417 10A (1) 5 kHz 888 10A (1) 10 kHz 3375 1: If a 5725A is attached. 3-60 Calibration and Verification Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3 Table 3-27. 5700A AC Current 20 mA to 10A Accuracy Test Record 2A, 200 mA, 20 mA and 10A Test Record (10A Only for 5725A) A40 Shunt UUT Error Calculated Output Freq Specs AC-DC Diff Display Error Current ±ppm 2A 40 Hz 670 2A 1 kHz 670 2A 5 kHz 800 2A 10 kHz 9100 200 mA 10 Hz 725 200 mA 20 Hz 400 200 mA 40 Hz 170 200 mA 1 kHz 170 200 mA 5 kHz 850 200 mA 10 kHz 2100 20 mA 10 Hz 725 20 mA 20 Hz 400 20 mA 40 Hz 160 20 mA 1 kHz 60 20 mA 5 kHz 850 20 mA 10 kHz 2100 10A (1) 40 Hz 417 10A (1) 1 kHz 417 10A (1) 5 kHz 888 10A (1) 10 kHz 3375 1: If a 5725 is attached. 3-61 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-28. 5720A AC Current 2 mA and 200 μA Accuracy Test Record 5790A Test Limits Output Spec. Transfer Frequency Error TUR GB ± ppm Current ± ppm Spec Factor (90-day) ± ppm 2 mA 10 Hz 305 210 1.45 0.874 267 2 mA 20 Hz 200 73 2.74 0.971 194 2 mA 40 Hz 150 27 5.56 1.000 150 2 mA 1 kHz 150 27 5.56 1.000 150 2 mA 5 kHz 285 27 10.56 1.000 285 2 mA 10 kHz 1500 27 55.56 1.000 1500 200 μA 10 Hz 380 210 1.81 0.916 348 200 μA 20 Hz 240 73 3.29 0.988 237 200 μA 40 Hz 180 27 6.67 1.000 180 200 μA 1 kHz 180 27 6.67 1.000 180 200 μA 5 kHz 395 27 14.63 1.000 +365/-425 (1) 200 μA 10 kHz 1500 27 55.56 1.000 +1380/-1620 (1) 1: The spec is modified because of the capacitive loading of the 2K resistor by the cable and input of the 5790A. Table 3-29. 5700A AC Current 2 mA and 200 μA Accuracy Test Record 5790A Test Limits Output Spec Transfer Frequency Error TUR GB ± ppm Current ± ppm Spec Factor (90-day) ± ppm 2 mA 10 Hz 725 210 3.45 0.991 718 2 mA 20 Hz 400 73 1.000 400 5.48 2 mA 40 Hz 160 27 5.93 1.000 160 2 mA 1 kHz 160 27 5.93 1.000 160 2 mA 5 kHz 850 27 31.48 1.000 850 2 mA 10 kHz 2100 27 77.8 1.000 2100 4.05 200 μA 10 Hz 850 210 1.000 850 200 μA 20 Hz 505 73 1.000 505 6.92 200 μA 40 Hz 240 27 8.89 1.000 240 200 μA 1 kHz 240 27 8.89 1.000 240 200 μA 5 kHz 850 27 31.48 1.000 +820/-880 (1) 200 μA 10 kHz 2100 27 77.8 1.000 +1980/-2220 (1) 1: The spec is modified because of the capacitive loading of the 2K resistor by the cable and input of the 5790A. 3-62 Calibration and Verification Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3 Table 3-30. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Test Record Frequency ( Hz ) Frequency Measured Tolerance Limits 10 Hz 99.99 ms to 100.01 ms 100 Hz 9.999 ms to 10.001 ms 300 Hz 299.97 Hz to 300.03 Hz 500 Hz 499.95 Hz to 500.05 Hz 800 Hz 799.92 Hz to 800.08 Hz 900 Hz 899.91 Hz to 900.09 Hz 1 kHz 999.0 Hz to 1.0001 kHz 1.19 kHz 1.189881 kHz to 1.190119 kHz 2.2 MHz 2.19978 MHz to 2.20022 MHz 3.5 MHz 3.49965 MHz to 3.50035 MHz 3.8 MHz 3.79962 MHz to 3.80038 MHz 10 MHz 9.990 MHz to 10.001 MHz 20 MHz 19.998 MHz to 20.002 MHz 30 MHz 29.997 MHz to 30.003 MHz 3-63 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-31. Wideband Accuracy at 1 kHz Test Record 5790A Output Measured Spec Test TUR GB 1-Year Spec Level Error ± ppm (90-day) Limit Factor ± ppm 2.1V 2238 24 93 1.000 2238 1.0V 2900 24 121 1.000 2900 0.3V 2833 38 74.5 1.000 2833 0.1V 3400 53 64.1 1.000 3400 30 mV 3333 115 29.0 1.000 3333 10 mV 3900 240 16.2 1.000 3900 3 mV 4833 643 7.5 1.000 4833 1 mV 5400 1720 3.14 0.980 5292 Table 3-32. Wideband Flatness Test Record 5790A Output Measured Spec Test Limit Frequency TUR GB 1-Year Level Flatness Error ± ppm ± ppm Factor Spec (90-day) 3V 10 Hz 3000 1000 3.00 0.980 2940 30 Hz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 10 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 120 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 500 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 2 MHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 5 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864 10 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864 20 MHz 4000 1500 2.67 0.968 3872 30 MHz 10000 3500 2.86 0.975 9750 1V 10 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 120 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 500 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 2 MHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 5 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864 10 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864 20 MHz 4000 1500 2.67 0.968 3872 30 MHz 10000 3500 2.86 0.975 9750 300 mV 10 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 120 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 500 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988 2 MHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 5 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864 10 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864 20 MHz 4000 1500 2.67 0.968 3872 30 MHz 10000 3500 2.86 0.975 9750 100 mV 10 kHz 1000 400 2.50 0.961 961 120 kHz 1000 400 2.50 0.961 961 500 kHz 1030 400 2.58 0.964 993 2 MHz 1030 500 2.06 0.936 964 5 MHz 2030 1000 2.03 0.933 1894 10 MHz 2030 1000 2.03 0.933 1894 20 MHz 4030 1500 2.69 0.970 3909 30 MHz 10030 3500 2.87 0.976 9789 3-64 Calibration and Verification Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3 Table 3-32. Wideband Flatness Test Record (cont) 5790A Output Measured Spec Test Limit Frequency TUR GB 1-Year Level Flatness Error ± ppm ± ppm Factor Spec (90-day) 30 mV 10 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 120 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 500 kHz 1100 500 2.20 0.945 1040 2 MHz 1100 500 2.20 0.945 1040 5 MHz 2100 1000 2.10 0.939 1972 10 MHz 2100 1000 2.10 0.939 1972 20 MHz 4100 1500 2.73 0.972 3985 30 MHz 10100 3500 2.89 0.977 9868 10 mV 10 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 120 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 500 kHz 1300 700 1.86 0.920 1196 2 MHz 1300 700 1.86 0.920 1196 5 MHz 2300 1000 2.30 0.950 2185 10 MHz 2300 1000 2.30 0.950 2185 20 MHz 4300 1700 2.53 0.962 4137 30 MHz 10300 3700 2.78 0.972 10012 3 mV 10 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 120 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 500 kHz 2000 1033 1.94 0.928 1856 2 MHz 2000 1033 1.94 0.928 1856 5 MHz 4000 1333 3.00 0.980 3920 10 MHZ 4000 1333 3.00 0.980 3920 20 MHz 6000 2033 2.95 0.978 5868 30 MHz 16000 4033 3.97 0.999 15984 1 mV 10 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 120 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932 500 kHz 5000 1700 2.94 0.978 4890 2 MHz 5000 1700 2.94 0.978 4890 5 MHZ 7000 2700 2.59 0.965 6755 10 MHz 7000 2700 2.59 0.965 6755 20 MHz 9000 4000 2.25 0.948 8532 30 MHz 30000 9000 3.33 0.988 29640 3-65 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-33. Wideband Absolute Error 10 Hz to 500 kHz 1 kHz Absolute Flatness Error Error Sum 90-Day Output Frequency Error ppm ppm Spec Limit Level ppm (±ppm) 2.1V 10 Hz 5238 30 Hz 2238 10 kHz 2238 120 kHz 2238 500 kHz 2238 1V 10 kHz 2900 120 kHz 2900 500 kHz 2900 300 mV 10 kHz 2833 120 kHz 2833 500 kHz 2833 100 mV 10 kHz 3400 120 kHz 3400 500 kHz 3400 30 mV 10 kHz 3333 120 kHz 3333 500 kHz 3333 10 mV 10 kHz 3900 120 kHz 3900 500 kHz 3900 3 mV 10 kHz 4833 120 kHz 4833 500 kHz 4833 1 mV 10 kHz 5400 120 kHz 5400 500 kHz 5400 3-66 Calibration and Verification Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3 Table 3-34. Load Regulation Test Record 5700A/5720A Series II Div. Setting 5700A/5720A Series II Change In Null Change In Out/Full Load Range Measured Null Limit 10V 11V 10V/199Ω ±3.1 μV 100V 220V 100V/1999Ω ±42 μV 1000V 1100V 1000V/49.99 kΩ ±310 μV Table 3-35. DC Voltage Linearity Test Record Kelvin-Varley Setting 5700A/5720A Series II Null Detector Null Detector Output Reading Reading limit 0.1 1V ±2.3 μV 0.2 2V ±2.6 μV 0.3 3V ±2.9 μV 0.4 4V ±3.2 μV 0.5 5V ±3.5 μV 0.6 6V ±3.8 μV 0.7 7V ±4.1 μV 0.8 8V ±4.4 μV 0.9 9V ±4.7 μV Table 3-36. DC Voltage Output Noise Test Differential Amplifier Rms Meter Maximum rms Meter Calibrator (UUT) Sensitivity Reading Reading 50 μV/division 2.2V 150 mV 50 μV/division 10V 500 mV 50 μV/division 20V 500 mV 100 μV/division 200V 750 mV 500 μV/division 1000V 500 mV 3-67 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 3-37. AC V Distortion Test Summary 5700A/5720A Series Load Resistors Frequency Measured Max. II Output Distortion Distortion 2V 100Ω, 1/8W 10 Hz, 20 Hz 0.054% 1 kHz, 20 kHz, 50 kHz, 0.044% 100 kHz, 200 kHz, 500 kHz 0.355% 20V 1 kΩ, 1/2W 10 Hz, 20 Hz 0.0535% 20 kHz, 100 kHz 0.0385% 200 kHz, 500 kHz 0.304% 200V 10 kΩ, 5W 10 Hz, 20 Hz 0.055% 50 kHz, 100 kHz 0.1065% 300V(1) 15 kΩ, 5W 40 Hz 0.1% 300V(1) 15 kΩ, 5W 50 kHz 0.3% 300V(1) 15 kΩ, 5W 70 kHz 0.4% 7 (1) The 5700A/5720A Series II maximum volt-Hertz product is (2.2 x 10 ) The 300V level assumes that a Fluke 5725A Amplifier is attached. Table 3-38. Test Record for Flatness Check of the AC 2 mV Range Frequency UUT Error Display Reading Limits 10 Hz 20 Hz ±0.26% 40 Hz 1 kHz ±0.26% 20 kHz ±0.29% 50 kHz ±0.49% 100 kHz ±0.87% 300 kHz 500 kHz ±1.83% 1 MHz 3-68 Chapter 4 Maintenance Title Page 4-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 4-3 4-2. Accessing the Fuse................................................................................ 4-3 4-3. Cleaning the Air Filter .......................................................................... 4-3 4-4. General Cleaning .................................................................................. 4-4 4-5. Cleaning PCA's..................................................................................... 4-5 4-6. Access Procedures................................................................................ 4-5 4-7. Top and Bottom Covers.................................................................... 4-5 4-8. Digital Section Cover ....................................................................... 4-5 4-9. Analog Section Covers..................................................................... 4-5 4-10. Rear Panel Removal and Installation................................................ 4-5 4-11. Rear Panel Assembly Access ........................................................... 4-6 4-12. Front Panel Removal and Installation .............................................. 4-6 4-13. Display Assembly Removal and Installation ............................... 4-7 4-14. Keyboard Assembly Removal and Installation............................ 4-7 4-15. Analog Assembly Removal and Installation .................................... 4-8 4-16. Digital Assembly Removal and Installation..................................... 4-10 4-17. Power Transformer Removal and Installation.................................. 4-10 4-18. Hybrid Cover Removal..................................................................... 4-10 4-19. Front/Rear Binding Post Reconfiguration ............................................ 4-10 4-20. Installing a Wideband AC Module (Option -03) .................................. 4-12 4-21. Clearing Ghost Images from the Control Display ................................ 4-12 4-22. Replacing the Clock/Calendar Backup Battery .................................... 4-12 4-23. Using Remote Commands Reserved for Servicing............................... 4-13 4-24. Using the ETIME Command............................................................ 4-13 4-25. Fault Codes ........................................................................................... 4-15 4-1 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 4-2 Maintenance Introduction 4 4-1. Introduction Because this is a high performance instrument, it is not recommended that the user service the boards to the component level. In many different ways it is easy to introduce a subtle long-term stability problem by handling the boards. Access procedures are provided for those who want to replace a faulty module. 4-2. Accessing the Fuse The fuse is accessible from the rear panel. The fuse rating label to the right of the fuse holder shows the correct replacement fuse ratings for each operating voltage. To access the fuse, refer to Figure 4-1 and proceed as follows: 1. Disconnect line power. 2. Using a standard screwdriver, turn the fuse holder counterclockwise until the cap and fuse are disengaged. VOLTAGE VOLTAGE FUSE-F1 FUSE-F1 SELECTION SELECTION S2 S3 S4 S2 S3 S4 100V 200V T 3A T 1.5A 110V 220V 250V 250V 115V (SB) 230V (SB) 120V 240V CHASSIS GROUND ! FUSE -F1 S2 S3 S4 f7-1.eps Figure 4-1. Accessing the Fuse 4-3. Cleaning the Air Filter WCaution Damage caused by overheating may occur if the area around the fan is restricted, the intake air is too warm, or the air filter becomes clogged. The air filter must be removed and cleaned every 30 days or more frequently if the calibrator is operated in a dusty environment. The air filter is accessible from the rear panel of the calibrator. 4-3 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual To clean the air filter, refer to Figure 4-2 and proceed as follows: CHASSIS GROUND ! FUSE -F1 S2 S3 S4 F4-1.EPS Figure 4-2. Air Filter 1. Disconnect line power. 2. Remove the filter element. a. Unscrew the knurled screw at the top of the air filter (counterclockwise). b. Pull the air filter retainer downward; it hinges at the bottom. c. Remove the filter element. 3. Clean the filter element. a. Wash the filter element in soapy water. b. Rinse the filter element in fresh running water. c. Shake out the excess water, then allow the filter element to dry thoroughly before reinstalling it. 4. Reinstall the filter element, its retainer, and the knurled screw. 4-4. General Cleaning To keep the Calibrator looking like new, clean the case, front panel keys, and lens using a soft cloth slightly dampened with water or a non-abrasive mild cleaning solution that does not harm plastics. WCaution Do not use aromatic hydrocarbons or chlorinated solvents for cleaning. They can damage the plastic materials used in the calibrator. 4-4 Maintenance Cleaning PCA's 4 4-5. Cleaning PCA's Printed circuit assemblies only need cleaning after repair work. After soldering on a pca, remove flux residue using isopropyl alcohol and a cotton swab. 4-6. Access Procedures WXWarning Servicing described in this section is to be performed by qualified service personnel only. To avoid electrical shock, do not perform any servicing unless qualified to do so. 4-7. Top and Bottom Covers Check that power is not connected to the Calibrator; the power control must be off, and the line power cord must be disconnected. Top and bottom covers are each secured with eight Phillips head screws (four front, four rear). 4-8. Digital Section Cover The Digital Section is accessed through one top cover that is secured by six Phillips head screws. 4-9. Analog Section Covers The Analog Section is enclosed with separate covers on top and bottom. The top cover is secured with seven Phillips head screws. The bottom Analog Section cover is secured with eight Phillips head screws (three short, five longer). 4-10. Rear Panel Removal and Installation Detach the Rear Panel by removing the six hex head screws (three on each rear handle side) and the two Phillips head screws found along the side of the Fan Assembly. Refer to Figure 4-3 for screw locations. REMOVE Figure 4-3. Rear Panel Removal 4-5 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 4-11. Rear Panel Assembly Access Refer to Figure 4-4 during the following procedure: REMOVE 1 1 1 1 REMOVE 1 REMOVE FACK SCREWS TO SEPARATE THE REAR PANEL CIRCUIT BOARD FROM THE METAL HOUSING. F4-3.EPS Figure 4-4. Rear Panel Assembly Access 1. Remove the six securing screws for the Rear Panel assembly housing. 2. Gently pull the rear panel housing from the Rear Panel. 3. Allow the rear panel housing to lay flat on the work surface by removing the two ribbon cables from the Rear Panel board. 4. Remove the two nuts at TB1 and TB2 on the paddle board; separate the associated wires from the paddle board. 5. Remove P11 from J11. Then remove the two paddle board mounting screws and separate the paddle board from the Rear Panel assembly. 6. Remove the jack screws for each connection on the rear panel housing, then gently lift the Rear Panel assembly out from the housing. 7. Reverse this procedure to install the Rear Panel assembly. 4-12. Front Panel Removal and Installation Refer to Figure 4-5 during the following procedure: 4-6 Maintenance Access Procedures 4 F4-4.EPS Figure 4-5. Front Panel Removal 1. Remove the Calibrator top and bottom covers. 2. Remove the single screw at the top of the Front Panel and the six hex screws on the front handle sides. Then grasp both handles and gently tilt the Front Panel down and away from the mainframe, disengaging the green power button. Position the Front Panel on its handles, in front of the instrument. 3. If you need to completely detach the Front Panel from the Calibrator, one, or possibly two, cables must be disconnected. The output cable must be detached in all configurations. If the Wideband Option is installed, you must also detach the related connector from the Front Panel. Reverse this procedure to install the Front Panel. 4-13. Display Assembly Removal and Installation Once the Front Panel has been removed, use the following procedure to access the Display assembly. 1. Remove the ribbon cable connecting the Display assembly to the Motherboard. 2. Remove the six screws securing the Front Panel Display assembly cover shield. Three of these screws are accessed from the inside, and the other three are accessed along the top of the front panel. 3. Remove the seven screws securing the Front Panel Display assembly to the Front Panel. Gently lift the Front Panel Display assembly up, and remove the keyboard ribbon cable. Now remove the Front Panel Display assembly. Reverse this procedure to install the Front Panel Display assembly. 4-14. Keyboard Assembly Removal and Installation The following procedure assumes that the Display Assembly Removal procedure has already been completed. 1. Remove all output cable connections (including GROUND-to-metal) from the front panel binding posts. Save all removed hardware. 2. Remove the two hex screws at the front of each handle. Then remove the front handles. 3. Gently release the eight plastic hook catches, and separate the front panel plastic from the sheet metal. 4-7 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 4. Remove the output adjustment knob flywheel by taking out its center screw. Hold the wheel in place by inserting a pencil in one of the flywheel holes and pressing on one of the plastic standoffs. 5. Remove the nine self-tapping screws connecting the Keyboard assembly to the front panel plastic. 6. Remove the Keyboard assembly by gently releasing the seven plastic hook catches. Work from one side of the board to the other. Start at either side by simultaneously releasing a catch and lifting on the board. Reverse this procedure to install the Keyboard assembly. When reconnecting the wires to the binding posts, be sure to include a washer on each side of the ring terminals. Refer to the nearby decal or see sheet 4 of the Analog Motherboard schematic in Section 8 of this manual for proper connection of the output cable to the front binding posts. WCaution Do not tighten the nuts that hold the wires to the binding posts more than 7 in-lb. Force exceeding 7 in-lb can destroy the binding posts. 4-15. Analog Assembly Removal and Installation The analog assemblies are installed in the sequence shown in Figure 4-6. Note that each module cannot be positioned in any other slot and that identifying information on the tab for each module faces forward. In most cases, the component side of each module also faces forward. The component side faces to the rear for three modules: Current/High Resolution Oscillator (A7), Ohms Cal (A9), and High Voltage Control (A14). All modules except the High Voltage Control pull straight up to disengage from the Digital Motherboard. For the High Voltage Control module, two Phillips head captive screws at the outer corners of the High Voltage Transformer must be removed before the module can be removed. 4-8 Maintenance Access Procedures 4 IEEE RS232 A21 REAR PANEL PCA VOLTAGE SELECT SWITCHES A18 FILTER/PA SUPPLY PCA A17 REGULATOR/GUARD CROSSING PCA CAPTIVE A16 POWER AMPLIFIER PCA SCREWS A15 HIGH VOLTAGE/HIGH CURRENT PCA (COMPONENTS FACE REAR) A14 HIGH VOLTAGE CONTROL PCA A13 OSCILLATOR OUTPUT PCA A12 OSCILLATOR CONTROL PCA A11 DAC PCA A10 OHMS MAIN PCA (COMPONENTS FACE REAR) A9 OHMS CAL PCA A8 SWITCH MATRIX PCA (COMPONENTS A7 CURRENT/HIGH-RESOLUTION FACE REAR) OSCILLATOR PCA A6 WIDEBAND OSCILLATOR PCA A5 WIDEBAND OUTPUT PCA A4 DIGITAL MOTERBOARD PCA A2 FRONT PANEL PCA A1 KEYBOARD ASSEMBLY FRONT PANEL F4-5.EPS Figure 4-6. Analog and Digital Assemblies WCaution Do not touch any circuit area on an analog assembly. Contamination from skin oil can produce high resistance paths, with resulting leakage currents and possible erroneous readings. Always grasp an analog assembly by its upper corner ears. 4-9 A22 POWER TRANSFORMER A19 DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY PCA A20 CPU PCA 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 4-16. Digital Assembly Removal and Installation Remove the CPU Assembly or the Digital Power Supply Assembly by pulling straight up at the top corners of the assembly. In relation to the chassis side, the CPU Assembly components face toward, and the Digital Power Supply Assembly components face away. See Figure 4-6. 4-17. Power Transformer Removal and Installation Use the following procedure to remove the Power Transformer assembly: 1. Remove the Calibrator Front and Rear Panels. 2. Remove the Digital Power Supply (A19) and CPU (A20) assemblies. 3. Detach the five connectors leading from the Power Transformer assembly to the Digital Motherboard. The three connectors at the rear of the assembly may not be accessible without first removing the rear fan. With the two digital assemblies (A19 and A20) removed, the four Phillips head screws securing this fan can be accessed through holes in the chassis side. Note that no two Power Transformer connectors are the same size and that each connector is keyed; re-connection only involves matching appropriate connectors. 4. Working from the bottom of the instrument, remove the Digital Motherboard (A4) assembly. 5. Remove the eleven screws securing the Power Transformer assembly, as follows: • Rear Panel: two screws, which were removed along with the Rear Panel. • Front Panel: two screws. • Top Edge: four screws. • Bottom Edge: three screws. 6. Remove the Power Transformer assembly. To install the Power Transformer assembly, reverse the preceding six steps. 4-18. Hybrid Cover Removal When removing the plastic covers from the hybrid assemblies, push the ends of the cover retainer pins through from the back of the circuit board. The retainer pins can be damaged by attempting to pull the covers off. 4-19. Front/Rear Binding Post Reconfiguration An internal cable can be configured for output connections at either the front or rear binding posts. The front binding posts are usually connected at the factory. If the rear binding posts are connected at the factory, a decal describing this arrangement is attached to the front binding posts. The procedure that follows can be used to swap an existing binding post configuration; it is to be done only at Service Centers. The following procedure can be used to change front-to-rear or rear-to-front. 4-10 Maintenance Front/Rear Binding Post Reconfiguration 4 Reverse this procedure when changing from rear to front output operation. 1. Remove instrument top and bottom covers and remove bottom analog guard cover. 2. Remove the instrument front panel by removing the three hex screws on each front handle side and a single screw on the top of the front panel. See Figure 4-5 for screw locations. By grasping the handles gently pull the front panel away from the frame and lay it on its handles in front of the instrument. 3. Remove all the wires connecting the ring terminals of the output cable to the front panel binding posts. Save all hardware removed during this step. 4. Remove the two screws and restraining board attaching the toroid to the Front Panel. Save these items. 5. Position the output cable and toroid along the bottom left side of the instrument. In a later step, the output cable will be positioned between the Analog Motherboard and the left side panel. 6. Install the Front Panel. 7. Detach the Rear Panel by removing six hex screws (three on each rear handle side) and two screws near the the fan filter on the Rear Panel. See Figure 4-3 for screw locations. Then grasp the handles and gently pull the Rear Panel away from the frame. 8. Orient the instrument so that it is resting on its right side panel, with its bottom facing you. 9. Route the output cable between the left side panel and the Analog Motherboard, ending at the Rear Panel. 10. Using the items obtained during toroid removal, attach the toroid to the two rear panel standoffs. 11. Attach the color-coded output leads to the rear output binding posts. Use one washer on each side of each connecting ring. Verify connections by checking the decal mounted nearby or by matching lead color to the color on the front of the binding post. (Of the eleven wires, four are clear-insulated shield wires. If necessary, refer to page 4 of the Analog Motherboard schematic in Section 8 to determine these connections.) WCaution Do not over tighten hardware on the binding posts. Torque in excess of seven inch-pounds can damage a binding post. Note that the I GUARD terminal is not connected at the front binding posts; cut away the I GUARD thermal fit covering to connect this terminal at the rear binding posts. Also, the AUX CURRENT ring terminal is not connected at the rear binding posts; this terminal must be insulated and tied off. 12. Replace the rear panel back, the bottom guard cover, and top and bottom covers to complete this procedure. 4-11 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 4-20. Installing a Wideband AC Module (Option -03) WCaution The Wideband option circuit board assemblies contain static- sensitive components. Use caution to avoid static discharge when handling the modules. The procedure that follows can be used to install a 5700A-03 Wideband AC Voltage module in a Calibrator. The option consists of two circuit board assemblies. This procedure is to be done only at Service Centers. 1. Remove the top and bottom covers and analog section cover. (See ACCESS PROCEDURES this section) 2. Referring to Figure 4-6, locate the slots for the Wideband Output Module (A5) and the Wideband Oscillator Module (A6). 3. Make sure the cable supplied with the Wideband option is connected between the Wideband Output and Wideband Oscillator assemblies. 4. Uncoil the internal wideband output cable one turn from the Calibrator chassis and connect it to the coaxial connector on the Wideband Output Module. Make sure the cable is routed in such a way as to avoid shorting to ground when the board is installed in the chassis. 5. Install the Wideband Output and Wideband Oscillator Modules and lock the nylon ears. 6. Run the Wideband Gains Calibration procedure as described in Section 3. 7. Perform the Wideband Flatness Calibration procedure as described in Section 3. The Wideband option is now installed and ready for use. 4-21. Clearing Ghost Images from the Control Display After prolonged periods of displaying the same message on the Control Display, you may notice a non-uniform brightness of pixels across the display. This phenomenon can be cleared up by lighting up the whole display and leaving it on overnight (or at least several hours). Proceed as follows to burn in the Control Display: 1. Turn on the Calibrator and press the "Setup Menus" softkey. 2. Press the "Self Test & Diags" softkey. 3. Press the "5700 Self Diags" softkey. 4. Press the "Front Panel Tests" softkey. 5. Under the "Display" label, press the "Control" softkey. 6. Press the "All On" softkey. This causes all Control Display pixels to light. Press the RESET key or press PREV MENU six times to return to normal operation after an overnight or equivalent burn in period. 4-22. Replacing the Clock/Calendar Backup Battery To replace the lithium button-type battery on the CPU Assembly (A20), proceed as follows: 1. Make sure the power is off and the line power cord disconnected. 4-12 Maintenance Using Remote Commands Reserved for Servicing 4 2. Follow the access procedures to remove the digital side cover. 3. Remove the CPU Assembly (A20). 4. Desolder and remove battery BT1. 5. Solder a replacement battery in place (refer to the parts list for replacement information if necessary.) 6. Replace the CPU Assembly. After replacing the battery, the setting of the time and date the elapsed time counter (read by the remote query ETIME? and set by ETIME) will need to be reprogrammed. 4-23. Using Remote Commands Reserved for Servicing This information documents remote commands not described in the 5700A/5720A Series II Operator Manual, Section 5. The commands described here are useful for servicing the instrument. 4-24. Using the ETIME Command The ETIME remote command is the companion to ETIME?, the elapsed time query, which is documented in the Operator Manual. The ETIME? query tells you how many minutes the Calibrator has been in the power on state since the instrument was built. If you replace the CPU Assembly (A20), the clock/calendar battery (BT1), or the clock/calendar IC (U33), you will lose the setting of ETIME. The ETIME command gives you a way to set this counter to where it was before servicing the instrument. (If possible, read the counter first using ETIME?.) The syntax for this remote command is as follows: ETIME Description: Sets the elapsed time counter to any number of minutes from 0 to 2,147,483,647. The setting of this counter is read by the ETIME? query, described in the 5700A/5720A Series II Operator Manual. (Sequential command.) Parameter: 1. SET_TO 2. Integer, number of minutes Example: ETIME SET_TO, 4628000 Using The Fatality? and Fatalclr Commands The FATALITY? query recovers fault codes that were logged when a fatal problem occurred. These faults are logged into a separate fault queue. Once the faults are read from the queue, you can clear the queue by sending the FATALCLR command. The syntax for these remote commands are as follows: 4-13 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual FATALITY? Description: Returns the list of the fatal faults logged since the list was last cleared by the FATALCLR command. (Sequential command.) Parameter: None Response: (String) The list of faults, one per line in the following format: Example: "8/30/88 6:33:49 Fault 8/30/88 6:34:05 Fault 8/30/88 6:34:12 Fault 8/30/88 6:34:13 Fault 8/30/88 6:34:14 Fault 8/30/88 6:34:15 Fault 8/30/88 6:34:16 Fault FATLCLR? Description: Clears the list of the fatal faults logged since the list was last cleared by the FATALCLR command. The list is read by the FATALITY? query. (Sequential command.) Parameter: None 4-14 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 4-25. Fault Codes 100-Level Faults: Air Flow Monitoring Subsystem 100 Low Air Flow 200-Level Faults: 5725 Boost System 200 5725 No Error 201 5725 Self-Test ROM Failure 202 5725 Self-Test RAM Failure 203 5725 Self-Test EEPROM Failure 204 5725 Self-Test Data Bus Failure 205 5725 Self-Test CLAMPS Circuit Failure 206 5725 Self-Test HVCLR Circuit Failure 207 5725 Self-Test DAC Failure 208 5725 Self-Test Watchdog Timer Failure 209 5725 Current Heatsink Too Hot 210 Output Tripped To Standby 211 5725 Current Compliance Voltage Too High 212 5725 Current Compliance Voltage Too High 213 5725 +400V Supply Did Not Shut Off 214 5725 -400V Supply Did Not Shut Off 215 5725 Voltage Heatsink Too Hot 216 5725 Voltage Heatsink Too Hot 217 5725 +400V Supply Too Small 218 5725 +400V Supply Too Large 219 5725 -400V Supply Too Large 220 5725 -400V Supply Too Small 221 5725 +400V Supply Current Too High 222 Output Tripped To Standby 223 5725 -400V Supply Current Too High 224 Output Tripped To Standby 225 5725 Fan Not Working 226 5725 CLAMPS Fault 227 Output Tripped To Standby 228 5725 Software TRAP 229 5725 Cable Was Off 4-15 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 230 5725 RESET (power-up or watchdog timer) 231 5725 Guard-Crossing Timeout 232 5725 Illegal/Unexecutable Command 233 5725 Non-Maskable Interrupt Occurred 234 5725 HVCLEAR Circuit Activated 235 Output Tripped To Standby 400-Level Faults: Calibration Constant Subsystem 400 Bad Cal Constant ID 500-Level Faults: Configuration Finder Subsystem 500 Bad Mode To CNFmodeRanges 501 Configuration Table Overflow 502 Bad Amplifier Type Selection 503 Bad Flat Constant Type Selection 504 Bad Flat Constant Type In Table 505 5725 Guard Crossing Wouldn't Start 600-Level Faults: Dot Matrix Display Driver Subsystem 600 Bad Row Selector 601 Bad Column Argument 602 Bad Character 800-Level Faults: Executive Subsystem 800 Wideband Module Needed 801 Amplifier Not Selected Or Connected 802 Amplifier Must Remain On For This Output 803 Over Limits Of Locked Range 804 Under Limits Of Locked Range 806 Invalid Date 807 Invalid Time 808 DC dBm Not Allowed 809 Ext Ref Value Out Of Range 810 Bad Edit Digit Movement 811 Not Wideband Units 812 Cannot Set Frequency With Ohms 813 Bad Units 814 Wrong Polarity For Limit 4-16 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 815 Outside Entry Limits 816 Magnitude Too Large For Calibrator 817 Magnitude Too Small For Calibrator 818 Frequency Too Large For Calibrator 819 Frequency Too Small For Calibrator 820 Calibrator Cannot Source That Value 821 V Limit Outside Calibrator Ability 822 I Limit Outside Calibrator Ability 823 Cannot Adjust Frequency To <<= 0 Hz 824 Offset Not Allowed Now 825 Scale Not Allowed Now 826 Ohms Reading Set Too High 827 Ohms Reading Set Too Low 828 Cannot Use External Sense Now 829 Cannot Use Phase Shift Now 830 Cannot Use Phase Lock Now 831 Cannot Use 2-ire Comp Now 832 Could not Do Default Wideband Output 833 Bad Selector For Set/Get Item 834 Cannot Boost This Output Mode 835 Cannot Use Ext Sense On Selected Range 836 Cannot Use 2 Wire Comp On Selected Range 837 Cannot Lock This Range 838 Cannot Set Clock, Rear Switch In NORMAL 839 Cannot Fmt EEPROM, Rear Switch In NORMAL 840 Illegal Output Post For Current 841 No 5725 Available For Selected Output 842 Not A Valid Wideband Flatness Point 843 Wideband Flatness Cal Is Not Active 844 Report String Too Long 845 Cannot Store, Rear Switch In NORMAL 846 Range Calibration Is Not Active 847 Magnitude Too High For Range Cal 848 Magnitude Too Low For Range Cal 4-17 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 849 Invalid Calibrator Setup Block 850 Cannot Format, 5725 Switch In NORMAL 851 Cannot Store, 5725 Switch In NORMAL 852 Calibration Steps Out Of Order 853 Cannot Use External Guard Now 854 Cannot Use Ext Guard On Selected Range 855 Cannot Set String, Rear Switch in NORMAL 856 Present Output Exceeds Selected Limit 857 Bad Selector For Reference Calibration 858 Cannot Change Range Now 859 Hardware Not Installed For This Range 860 Cannot Use Amplifier For This Output 861 5725 Cannot Ext Sense At That Frequency 900-Level Faults: Keyboard Driver Subsystem 900 Keyboard Output Queue Full 1000-Level Faults: 5725 Communication Receive Subsystem 1000 Could not ACK Packet From 5725 1001 Illegal 5725 Receive Task State 1002 Bad Receive Packet Number From 5725 1003 Bad Control Byte From 5725 1100-Level Faults: 5725 Communication Transmit Subsystem 1100 Multiple Timeouts Sending To 5725 1101 5725 Request Reset Loop 1102 Unexpected NSA From 5725 1103 Bad Packet Number In ACK From 5725 1104 Bad Control Byte From 5725 Receive Task 1105 Illegal 5725 Transmit Task State 1106 5725 Indefinite ACKWAIT Holdoff 1200-Level Faults: 5725 Communication Utility Subsystem 1200 Serial Write Failure To 5725 1201 Packet Too Large For 5725 1300-Level Faults: Output Monitor Subsystem 1300 Undefined Signal 1301 Output Tripped To Standby 4-18 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 1302 Output Tripped To Standby 1303 DC Zero Calibration is Needed (Every 30 Days) 1400-Level Faults: Software Timer Subsystem 1400 Cannot Install MTtick() 1401 Bad Timer Selector 1500-Level Faults: Guard Crossing Receive Subsystem 1500 Could not ACK Packet From Inguard 1501 Illegal Inguard Receive Task State 1502 Bad Receive Packet Number From Inguard 1503 Bad Control Byte From Inguard 1600-Level Faults: Guard Crossing Transmit Subsystem 1600 Multiple Timeouts Sending To Inguard 1601 Inguard Request Reset Loop 1602 Unexpected NSA From Inguard 1603 Bad Packet Number In ACK From Inguard 1604 Bad Control Byte From Inguard Rcv Task 1605 Illegal Inguard Transmit Task State 1606 Inguard Indefinite ACKWAIT Holdoff 1700-Level Faults: Guard Crossing Utility Subsystem 1700 Serial Write Failure To Inguard 1701 Packet Too Large For Inguard 1800-Level Faults: Normal Output Operations Subsystem 1800 DORMANT To OPERATE 1801 Bad Transition Type 1802 Bad Boolean Selector 1803 NRMrngStby Encountered Error 1804 DCV Called For Non-DCV Range 1805 ACV Called For Non-ACV Range 1806 Bad ACV Frequency Range 1807 Hi Res Frequency Too High 1808 ACV Amplitude Correction Failure 1809 Cannot Phase Lock To Signal 1810 Bad Phase Quadrant 1811 Current Called for Non-Current Range 4-19 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 1812 Ohms Called for Non-Ohms Range 1813 Cannot Phase Lock, Output Not AC 1814 Cannot Phase Shift, Output Not AC 1815 Bad Wide Band Range 1816 Freq. Too High Even For Wide Band 1817 Illegal Current Output Location 1818 Output Current Out Of Tolerance 1819 Current Compliance Voltage Exceeded 1820 2-Wire Compensation Current Exceeded 1821 NRMbstcur Passed Bad Range 1822 5220 No Longer Connected 1823 5220 Detected Fault And Shut Off 1824 5205 No Longer Connected 1825 5205 Detected Fault And Shut Off 1826 5725 No Longer Connected 1827 14 Bit DAC Scaling Found Zero Output 1900-Level Faults: Non-Volatile Subsystem 1900 Could not Write Byte To EEPROM 1901 Checksum Error Reading EEPROM 1902 EEPROM Is Full 1903 Unknown Nonvolatile Constant Selector 1904 EEPROM Partition Is Full 1905 Could not Write Byte To 5725 EEPROM 1906 Checksum Error Reading 5725 EEPROM 4-20 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 2000-Level Faults: Analog Operations Manager Subsystem 2000 Bad Command Code 2001 Bad Signal 2002 Long Term Command In Progress 2003 Guard Crossing Protocol Failed To Start 2004 Fatal Fault, Output Tripped 2005 Tripped While Calibrating or Diagnosing 2100-Level Faults: Output Display Driver Subsystem 2100 Bad Display Selector 2101 Bad Character 2102 Bad Annunciator Selector 2200-Level Faults: Remote Interface Subsystem 2200 Unknown Command 2201 Invalid Number Of Parameters 2202 Invalid Cal Constant Name 2203 Invalid Keyword 2204 Invalid Range 2205 Invalid Parameter Type 2206 Invalid Parameter Unit 2207 Invalid Parameter Value 2208 IEEE488.2 I/O DEADLOCK 2209 Spare 2210 IEEE488.2 INTERRUPTED Query 2211 Not Allowed From GPIB Interface 2212 Not Allowed From Serial Interface 2213 Remote Only 2214 Invalid Syntax 2215 IEEE488.2 UNTERMINATED Command 2216 Symbol Table Overflow 2217 Command Reserved For Service 2218 Invalid Binary Number 2219 Invalid Binary Block 2220 Invalid Character 4-21 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 2221 Invalid Decimal Number 2222 Invlaid Hexadecimal Block 2223 Invalid Hexadecimal Number 2224 Too Many Parameters 2225 Invalid Octal Number 2226 Too Many Characters 2227 Invalid String 2228 Invalid Register Address 2229 Invalid Cal Constant Name 2230 Remote Serial Port Dead 2231 IEEE488.2 Query After Indef Response 2300-Level Faults: Executive Subsystem 2300 Unknown Report Requested 2301 Unknown Report Device Requested 2302 Serial Port Timeout 2400-Level Faults: Real Time Clock Subsystem 2400 Cannot Install Interrupt Handler 2401 Unknown Interrupt Selector 2402 Bad Date & Cannot Be Set 2500-Level and 2600-Level Faults: Self Calibration Subsystem 2500 Invalid Cal Procedure Number 2501 Could not Ext Cal Gain 2502 Could not Ext Cal Ref 2503 Could not Ext Cal Neg 2504 Could not Cal Ratio 2505 Could not Cal Pos 11V or 22V DC Zero 2506 Could not Cal Neg 11V or 22V DC Zero 2507 Could not Cal Pos 11V or 22V DC Gain 2508 Could not Cal 6.5V or 13V Buf Ref 2509 Could not Cal 2.2V Zero 2510 Could not Cal 220 mV Gain S1 2511 Could not Cal 220 mV Gain S2 2512 Could not Cal 220 mV Gain S3 4-22 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 2513 Could not Cal 220 mV Gain S4 2514 Could not Cal 220V DC Offset 2515 Could not Cal 220V DC Rnet 2516 Could not Cal 220V DC Gain 2517 Could not Cal ACV Gain 2518 Flatness Cal: Main Sensor Fail? 2519 Flatness Cal: AC Cal Sensor Fail? 2520 Could not Cal Fine Tune (14 bit) DAC 2521 Could not Cal Fine Tune 15th bit Down 2522 Could not Cal Fine Tune 15th bit Up 2523 Could not Cal 2.2 mV/22 mV step 1 2524 Could not Cal 2.2 mV/22 mV step 2 2525 Could not Cal 220V AC Offset 2526 Could not Cal 220V AC Gain 2527 Could not Cal 220 mV Offset 2528 Could not Cal 1100V AC/DC Offset 2529 Could not Cal 1100V AC/DC Gain 2530 Could not Cal 220 µA DC Zero 2531 Could not Cal 2.2 mA DC Zero 2532 Could not Cal 22 mA DC Zero 2533 Could not Cal 220 mA DC Zero 2534 Could not Cal 2.2A DC Zero 2535 Could not Cal 220 µA DCI (Meas 1) 2536 Could not Cal 220 µA DCI (Meas 2) 2537 Could not Cal 2.2 mA DCI (Meas 1) 2538 Could not Cal 2.2 mA DCI (Meas 2) 2539 Could not Cal 22 mA DCI (Meas 1) 2540 Could not Cal 22 mA DCI (Meas 2) 2541 Could not Cal 220 mA DCI (Meas 1) 2542 Could not Cal 220 mA DCI (Meas 2) 2543 Could not Cal 2.2A DCI (Meas 1) 2544 Could not Cal 2.2A DCI (Meas 2) 2545 Could not Ext Cal 10K Ohm Std (Meas 1) 4-23 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 2546 Could not Ext Cal 10K Ohm Std (Meas 2) 2547 Could not Ext Cal 10K Ohm Std (Meas 3) 2548 Could not Cal 10K Ohm (Meas 1) 2549 Could not Cal 10K Ohm (Meas 2) 2550 Could not Cal 10K Ohm (Meas 3) 2551 Could not Cal 19K Ohm (Meas 1) 2552 Could not Cal 19K Ohm (Meas 2) 2553 Could not Cal 19K Ohm (Meas 3) 2554 Could not Cal 100K Ohm (Meas 1) 2555 Could not Cal 100K Ohm (Meas 2) 2556 Could not Cal 190K Ohm (Meas 1) 2557 Could not Cal 190K Ohm (Meas 2) 2558 Could not Cal 1M Ohm (Meas 1) 2559 Could not Cal 1M Ohm (Meas 2) 2560 Could not Cal 1.9M Ohm (Meas 1) 2561 Could not Cal 1.9M Ohm (Meas 2) 2562 Could not Cal 10M Ohm (Meas 1) 2563 Could not Cal 10M Ohm (Meas 2) 2564 Could not Cal 19M Ohm (Meas 1) 2565 Could not Cal 19M Ohm (Meas 2) 2566 Could not Cal 100M Ohm (Meas 1) 2567 Could not Cal 1K Ohm (Meas 1) 2568 Could not Cal 1K Ohm (Meas 2) 2569 Could not Cal 1.9K Ohm (Meas 1) 2570 Could not Cal 1.9K Ohm (Meas 2) 2571 Could not Cal 100 Ohm (Meas 1) 2572 Could not Cal 100 Ohm (Meas 2) 2573 Could not Cal 190 Ohm (Meas 1) 2574 Could not Cal 190 Ohm (Meas 2) 2575 Could not Cal Ohms Divider (Meas 1) 2576 Could not Cal Ohms Divider (Meas 2) 2577 Could not Cal 10 Ohm (Meas 1) 2578 Could not Cal 10 Ohm (Meas 2) 4-24 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 2579 Could not Cal 19 Ohm (Meas 1) 2580 Could not Cal 19 Ohm (Meas 2) 2581 Could not Ext Cal 1 Ohm (0.26V CM Meas) 2582 Could not Ext Cal 1 Ohm (Ext Meas) 2583 Could not Ext Cal 1 Ohm (0.13V CM Meas) 2584 Could not Ext Cal 1 Ohm (Int Meas) 2585 Could not Ext Cal 1.9 Ohm (0.18V CM Meas) 2586 Could not Ext Cal 1.9 Ohm (0.12V CM Meas) 2587 Could not Ext Cal 1.9 Ohm (Int Meas) 2588 Could not Cal Wideband Gain 2589 Bad Cal Step Selector 2590 A/D Appears To Have Failed 2591 User Range Gain Adjustment Is 0 2592 Stored User Range Gain Adjust Is 0 2593 220 µA AC Flatness Calibration Failed 2594 2.2 mA AC Flatness Calibration Failed 2595 22 mA AC Flatness Calibration Failed 2596 220 mA AC Flatness Calibration Failed 2597 Bad Range Number For IAC Flatness Cal 2598 No Data For DCI Calibration 2599 2.2V AC Flat Early Fail 2600 2.2V AC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor? 2601 2.2V AC Flat Diverge 2602 22V AC Flat Early Fail 2603 22V AC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor? 2604 22V AC Flat Diverge 2605 220V AC Flat Early Fail 2606 220V AC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor? 2607 220V AC Flat Diverge 2608 1100V AC Flat Early Fail 2609 1100V AC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor? 2610 1100V AC Flat Diverge 2611 220 µA IAC Flat Early Fail 4-25 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 2612 220 µA IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor? 2613 220 µA IAC Flat Diverge 2614 2.2 mA IAC Flat Early Fail 2615 2.2 mA IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor? 2616 2.2 mA IAC Flat Diverge 2617 22 mA IAC Flat Early Fail 2618 22 mA IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor? 2619 22 mA IAC Flat Diverge 2620 220 mA IAC Flat Early Fail 2621 220 mA IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor? 2622 220 mA IAC Flat Diverge 2623 2.2A IAC Flat Early Fail 2624 2.2A IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor? 2625 2.2A IAC Flat Diverge 2626 Illegal Ohms Null Function State 2627 Unknown Source Divider Identifier 2628 No Data For Ohms Calibration 2629 Illegal Ohms Calibration Config 2630 Illegal Number Of Ohms Cal Points 2631 5725 Shunt 0A Meas Fail 2632 5725 Shunt 1.3A Meas Fail 2633 5725 Current Amplifier Zero Meas Fail 2634 5725 Current Amplifier Gain Meas Fail 2635 Wideband Thermal Sensor Cal Diverge 2636 Wideband Sensor Amp Offset Too Big 2637 Wideband Ext Cal Point Bad Const ID 2638 5725 ACV Sense Amp Offset Diverge 2639 5725 ACV Sense Amp Gain Diverge 2640 5725 ACV Flatness Ref Freq Failure 2641 5725 ACV Flatness Cal Freq Failure 2642 External V Reference Value Out Of Range 2643 5725 Diagnostic DAC Cal Didn't Converge 2644 Spare 4-26 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 2645 Spare 2646 DAC Appears To Not Meet Linearity Spec 2647 ACV Buffer Offset Too Large 2648 5725 ACV Flat Test Cap Too Large 2649 5725 ACV Flat Test Cap Too Large 2650 Could not Cal 100M Ohm (Meas 2) 2700-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Current) 2700 A7: 8255 Control Word 2701 A7: 8255 Port A Fault 2702 A7: 8255 Port B Fault 2703 A7: 8255 Port C Fault 2705 A7: Oven Regulation Fault 2706 A7: Current Compliance Fault 2707 A7: Hardware Initialization Fault 2709 A7: Current Magnitude Fault 2710 A7: Dummy Load Current Fault 2711 Assembly A7 Is Not Responding 2712 A7: Hi-Res Clock Fault 2713 A7: Hi-Res Loop Fault In 100HZ Range 2714 A7: Hi-Res Loop Fault In 1KHZ Range 2715 A7: Hi-Res Loop Fault In 10KHZ Range 2716 A7: Hi-Res Loop Fault In 100KHZ Range 2717 A7: Hi-Res Loop Fault In 1MHZ Range 2718 Fault In Setting Up AC For Diagnostics 2719 A7: 8255 Was Reset 2800-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (DAC) 2800 A11: 8255 Control Word 2801 A11: 8255 Port A Wires 2802 A11: 8255 Port B Data Bus 2803 A11: 82C54 Status Words 2804 A11: DAC Heaters Not Regulated 2805 5700 Not Warmed Up 2806 A11: ADC Amp Output Noise 4-27 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 2807 A11: ADC Amp Output Offset 2808 A11: ADC Amp Gain Error 2809 A11: DAC Monitoring Fault 2810 A11: +11V DC Range Fault 2811 A11: -11V DC Range Fault 2812 A11: +22V DC Range Fault 2813 A11: -22V DC Range Fault 2814 A11: 6.5V Buffered Reference Fault 2815 A11: 6.5V Reference Fault 2816 A11: 13V Buffered Reference Fault 2817 A11: 13V Reference Fault 2818 Assembly A11 Missing 2819 A11: 8255 Was Reset 2820 A11: Fine Adjust Channel Fault 2821 A8/A11: +11/22V DC Zero Estimate Fault 2822 A8/A11: -11/22V DC Zero Estimate Fault 2823 A11: Could not Estimate +11V Or 22V Gain 2824 A11: Could not Estimate 6.5V Or 13V Ref 2825 A11: Could not Estimate 6.5V Or 13V Buf Ref 2826 A11: A/D Overload Fault 3100-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (High Voltage) 3100 A14: 8255 Control Word 3101 A14: 8255 Port A Fault 3102 A14: 8255 Port B Fault 3103 A14: 8255 Port C Fault 3104 A15: HV Oven Regulation Fault 3105 A15: HV I Oven Regulation Fault 3106 A15: DC HV Amp Noise Fault 3107 A15: DC HV Amp Offset Fault 3108 A15: DC HV Amp Gain Fault 3109 A15: HV +DC Preamplifier Fault 3110 A15: HV +DC Series Pass & Current Fault 3111 A15: HV +DC High Voltage Output Fault 4-28 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 3112 A15: HV +DC Ref/Error Amplitude Fault 3113 A15: HV -DC Preamplifier Fault 3114 A15: HV -DC Series Pass & Current Fault 3115 A15: HV -DC High Voltage output Fault 3116 A15: HV -DC Reference/Error Amp Fault 3117 A14/A15: HV +DC Current Error Amp Fault 3118 A14/A15: HV -DC Current Error Amp Fault 3119 A14/A15: HV +DC Current Abs. Value 3120 A14/A15: HV -DC Current Abs. Value 3122 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Preamp Fault (lo) 3123 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Preamp Fault (mid) 3124 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Preamp Fault (hi) 3125 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Preamp Fault (lo) 3126 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Preamp Fault 3127 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Preamp Fault (hi) 3128 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Output Fault (lo) 3129 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Output Fault (mid) 3130 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Output Fault (hi) 3131 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Output Fault (lo) 3132 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Output Fault (mid) 3133 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Output Fault (hi) 3135 Assembly A14 Not Responding 3136 A14: 8255 Was Reset 3137 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A AC Range Mag. Fault 3138 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A AC Range Compliance 3139 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A AC Range Amplitude 3140 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A AC Range Abs. Value 3141 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A DC Range Dummy Load 3142 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A DC Range Compliance 3143 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A DC Range Magnitude 4-29 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3200-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (misc) 3200 Assemblies Missing 3201 Unknown Diagnostic Test 3202 5725 ACV Sense Amp Fault 3203 5725 ACV Standby 5725 Fault 3204 5725 ACV Operate 5725 Fault 3205 5725 ACV Cal Sensor Test Died 3206 5725 ACV Cal Sensor Fault 3207 5725 ACV VLF (100 Hz) Won't Converge 3208 5725 ACV LF (1 kHz) Won't Converge 3209 5725 ACV MF (10 kHz) Won't Converge 3210 5725 ACV HF (100 kHz) Won't Converge 3211 5725 Current Path To Shunt Open 3212 5725 Shunt Sense Open 3213 5725 Shunt Measurement Out Of Tolerance 3214 5725 Current Amplifier Offset Too Large 3215 5725 Current Drive Path Open 3216 5725 Current Error Amplifier Failure 3217 5725 Amplifer Not Connected 3300-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Ohms) 3300 A9: 8255 Control Word 3301 A9: 8255 Port A Fault 3302 A9: 8255 Port B Fault 3303 A9: 8255 Port C Fault 3304 A9: 10V Source Fault 3305 A9: 5V Source Fault 3306 A9: 2V Source Fault 3308 A9: Diff Amp Offset Fault 3309 A9: Diff Amp Gain Fault 3310 A9: Diff Amp Noise Fault 3311 A9/A10: Ohms 10:1 Divider Fault 3312 A9/A10: Ohms 1:1 Divider Fault 4-30 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 3313 A9/A10: 10K Ohm Diagnostic Fault 3314 A9/A10: 19K Ohm Cal Diag Fault 3315 A9/A10: 10 Ohm Cal Diag Fault 3316 A9/A10: 19 Ohm Cal Diag Fault 3317 A9/A10: 100K Ohm Ratio Fault 3318 A9/A10: 190K Ohm Ratio Fault 3319 A9/A10: 1M Ohm Ratio Fault 3320 A9/A10: 1.9M Ohm Ratio Fault 3321 A9/A10: 10M Ohm Ratio Fault 3322 A9/A10: 19M Ohm Ratio Fault 1 3323 A9/A10: 19M Ohm Ratio Fault 2 3324 A9/A10: 100M Ohm Ratio Fault 3325 A9/A10: 10K Ohm Check Fault 3326 A9/A10: 19K Ohm Check Fault 3327 A9/A10: 1K Ohm Check Fault 3328 A9/A10: 1.9K Ohm Check Fault 3329 A9/A10: 100 Ohm Check Fault 3330 A9/A10: 190 Ohm Check Fault 3331 A9/A10: 10 Ohm Check Fault 3332 A9/A10: 19 Ohm Check Fault 3333 A9/A10: 1 Ohm Check Fault 3334 A9/A10: 1.9 Ohm Check Fault 3335 A9/A10: Ohms Short Check Fault 3336 A9/A10: 2 Wire Compensation Fault 3337 A9/A10: Ohms Correction Factor Fault 3338 Assembly A9 Not Responding 3339 A9: 8255 Was Reset 3340 A9/A10: 100 Ohm Cal Diag Fault 3341 A9/A10: 190 Ohm Cal Diag Fault 4-31 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3400-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Oscillator) 3400 A12: 8255 Control Word 3401 A12: 8255 Port A 3402 A12: 8255 Port B 3403 A12: 8255 Port C 3404 A13: 8255 Control Word 3405 A13: 8255 Port A 3406 A13: 8255 Port B 3407 A13: 8255 Port C 3408 A13: Fixed Ampl. Osc Fault 3409 A13: Phase Lock Loop Fault 3410 A12/A13: 22V Amp Bias Adj Error 3411 A12/A13: 22V Amp Nonfunctional 3412 A12 To A13 Interface Fault 3413 A12/A13: 14 bit DAC Nonfunctional 3414 A12/A13: Nonlinear Control Loop 2Vrng 3415 A12/A13: nonlinear Control Loop 20Vrng 3416 A12/A13: DAC 15th Bit Fault 3417 A12: DC Sensor Buffer Fault 3418 A12: Sensor Loop/Sq. Root Amp Fault 3419 A12: AC Sensor Buff (2V Range) 3420 A12: AC Sensor Buff (20V Range) 3421 A12: AC Cal Sensor (2V Range) 3422 A12: AC Cal Sensor (20V Range) 3423 Assembly A12 Missing 3424 Assembly A13 Missing 3425 Assembly A12 Or A13 Not Responding 3426 A12: 8255 Was Reset 3427 A13: 8255 Was Reset 4-32 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 3500-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Power Amp) 3500 A16: 8255 Control Word 3501 A16: 8255 Port A 3502 A16: 8255 Port B 3503 A16: 8255 Port C 3507 A16: PA Supplies Are Off 3508 A16/A14: 220V AC Range Output Fault 3509 A16: Amplifier Loop Not Regulated 3510 A16: 220V Amp Fault 3511 A16: Incorrect PA Input 3520 A16: PA Oven Regulation Fault 3521 Assembly A16 Is Not Responding 3524 A16: Power Amp Is Too Hot 3525 220V DC Initialization Fault 3526 220V AC Initialization Fault 3527 A16: Power Amp DC Cal Network Zero Fault 3528 A16: Power Amp DC Cal Network Gain Fault 3529 A16: Pwr Amp 220V Range Attenuator Fault 3530 A16: 8255 Was Reset 3600-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Power Supplies) 3600 +17S Supply Fault 3601 -17S Supply Fault 3602 +15S Supply Fault 3603 -15S Supply Fault 3604 +42S Supply Fault 3605 -42S Supply Fault 3606 LH COM Ground Fault 3607 -5LH Supply Fault 3608 5RLH Supply Fault 3609 8RLH Supply Fault 3610 +PASupply Fault 3611 -PASupply Fault 3612 +15 OSC Supply Fault 4-33 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 3613 -15 OSC Supply Fault 3614 OSC COM Ground Fault 3615 S COM Ground Fault 3700-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Rear I/O) 3700 A21: 8255 Control Word 3701 A21: 8255 Port A Fault 3702 A21: 8255 Port B Fault 3703 A21: 8255 Port C Fault 3704 Assembly A21 Not Responding 3705 A21: Rear Panel Data Bus Fault 3708 A21: 8255 Was Reset 3800-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Switch Matrix) 3800 A8: 8255 Control Word 3801 A8: 8255 Port A Fault 3802 A8: 8255 Port B Fault 3803 A8: 8255 Port C Fault 3804 A8: Zero Amp Lo Noise Fault 3805 A8: Zero Amp Lo Offset 3806 A8: Zero Amp Lo Gain Fault 3807 A8: Zero Amp Hi Noise Fault 3808 A8: Zero Amp Hi Offset 3809 A8: Zero Amp Hi Gain Fault 3810 A8: 2.2V Amp Noise Fault 3811 A8: Zero Amp Offset 3812 A8: 2.2V Gain Fault 3813 A8: 220mV Offset Fault 3814 A8: 220mV Divider Fault 3815 A8: 22mV Divider Fault 3818 A8: Out Lo To Sense Lo Continuity Fault 3819 A8: Relay Fault 3824 A8: Oven Regulation Fault 3825 Assembly A8 Not Responding 4-34 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 3826 A8: 8255 Was Reset 3827 Assembly A8 Too Hot 3900-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Wideband) 3900 A5: 8255 Control Word 3901 A5: 8255 Port A Fault 3902 A5: 8255 Port B Fault 3903 A5: 8255 Port C Fault 3904 Optional Assemblies A5/A6 Are Missing 3905 A6: Phase Lock Loop Fault 3906 A6: Phase Lock Loop Fault At 30Mhz 3907 A5: RMS Sensor Fault 3908 A5: RMS Sensor Fault At 30Mhz 3909 A5: RMS Sensor Fault At 6.5V DC in 3910 A5/A6: Ampl. Control Fault 3911 A5/A6: Ampl. Control Fault At 30Mhz 3912 A5/A6: Output Offset Fault 3913 A5/A6: Output Offset Fault At 30Mhz 3914 A5: 0DB Output Attenuation Fault 3915 A5: 10DB Output Attenuation Fault 3916 A5: 20DB Output Attenuation Fault 3917 A5: 30DB Output Attenuation Fault 3918 A5: 40DB Output Attenuation Fault 3922 A5/A6: Wideband Initialization Fault 3923 A5: 8255 Was Reset 4000-Level Faults: Analog Sequencing Subsystem 4000 Bad Sequence ID 4001 Over Nested Subsequences 4002 Bad Sequence Command Code 4003 Bad Reply Size From Inguard 4004 Reply From Inguard Too Small 4005 False MSG Semaphore from Inguard 4006 Inguard CPU POP 4-35 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 4007 Inguard CPU Reset 4008 Inguard CPU A/D Timeout 4009 Inguard CPU Timed Out On Main CPU 4010 Inguard CPU Detected A Command Error 4011 Bad Y5000 Get/Set Selector 4012 Sequencer Timed Out Waiting For Inguard 4013 Illegal Analog State Command For 5725 4014 Sequencer Timed Out Waiting for 5725 4015 Could not Queue Command To 5725 BX 4016 Reply From 5725 Was Garbled 4100-Level Faults: Serial Interface Driver Subsystem 4100 Bad Virtual channel 4101 Framing 4102 Input Queue Overflow 4103 Overrun 4104 Parity 4105 Uart Failed Self Test 4106 Serial Port 0 4107 Serial Port 1 4108 Guard Crossing UART 4109 Serial Port 3 4110 Remote Interface UART 4111 Boost Crossing UART 4200-Level Faults: Instrument State Manager Subsystem 4200 Bad Boolean Value Selector 4201 Meaningless Target State Value 4202 Meaningless Actual State Value 4203 Mystery Target/Actual State Difference 4-36 Maintenance Fault Codes 4 4300-Level Faults: Self Test Subsystem 4301 ROM Checksum 4302 RAM 4303 Real Time Clock 4304 Keyboard 4305 Output Display 4306 Control Display 4307 IEEE488 4308 Rear Panel DUART 4309 Guard Crossing DUART 4310 Interrupt Hardware 4311 Inguard CPU ROM Fault 4312 Inguard CPU RAM Fault 4313 Front Panel Refresh Fault 4400-Level Faults: General Purpose Utility Subsystem 4400 Invalid Command 4500-Level Faults: Analog Value Finder Subsystem 4500 VFdcDac Value Out Of DAC Range 4501 Bad Range Selector 4502 Non-Vfinder Range 4503 Bad DAC ICALL 4504 User Range Adjust of 0 (I used 1) 4505 Divide By 0 In (VF)correct 4600-Level Faults: Watch Dog Monitoring Subsystem 4600 Watchdog Timed Out 4700-Level Faults: Operating Kernel Subsystem 4700 Kstart Returned 4701 Task Termination 4702 No Signal Handler 4703 Ksuspend( ) When Not RUNNING 4704 Ksleep( ) When Not RUNNING 4705 Kevwait( ) When Not RUNNING 4-37 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 4-38 Chapter 5 List of Replaceable Parts Title Page 5-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 5-3 5-2. How to Obtain Parts.............................................................................. 5-3 5-3. Service Centers ..................................................................................... 5-3 5-4. Parts List ............................................................................................... 5-3 5-1 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 5-2 List of Replaceable Parts Introduction 5 5-1. Introduction This section contains an illustrated list of replaceable parts for the 5700A/5720A Series II. Where applicable, parts differences are indicated between the 5700A and 5720A. For example, Table 5-1 indicates MP36 (nameplate) is PN 600723 for a 5700A or PN 600759 for a 5720A. Parts are listed by assembly; alphabetized by reference designator. Each assembly is accompanied by an illustration showing the location of each part and its reference designator. The parts lists give the following information: • Reference designator • An indication if the part is subject to damage by static discharge • Description • Fluke stock number • Total quantity • Any special notes (i.e., factory-selected part) WCaution A * symbol indicates a device that may be damaged by static discharge. 5-2. How to Obtain Parts Electrical components may be ordered directly from the manufacturer by using the manufacturer's part number, or from Fluke Corporation and its authorized representatives by using the part number under the heading FLUKE STOCK NO. Parts price information is available from the Fluke Corporation or its representatives. Prices are also available in a Fluke Replacement Parts Catalog which is available on request. In the event that the part ordered has been replaced by a new or improved part, the replacement will be accompanied by an explanatory note and installation instructions, if necessary. To ensure prompt delivery of the correct part, include the following information when you place an order: • Instrument model and serial number • Part number and revision level of the pca containing the part • Reference designator • Fluke stock number • Description (as given under the DESCRIPTION heading) • Quantity Refer to Contacting Fluke earlier in this manual for more information. 5-3. Service Centers To locate a service center, use the information located in Contacting Fluke earlier in this manual. 5-4. Parts List The following pages contain the module-level parts lists for the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrators. 5-3 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 5-1. Front Panel Final Assembly Reference Fluke Stock Description Tot Qty Notes Designator No A1 * KEYBOARD PCA 761049 1 A2 * FRONT PANEL PCA 761031 1 A3 * ANALOG MOTHERBOARD PCA 761023 1 A4 * DIGITAL MOTHERBOARD PCA 760942 1 A7 * CURRENT/HIGHT RESOLUTION OSCILLTOR. PCA 764613 1 A8 * SWITCH MATRIX PCA 761106 1 A9 * OHMS,CAL PCA 775395 1 A10 * OHMS,MAIN PCA 761114 1 A11 * DAC PCA 761122 1 A12 * OSCILLATOR CONTROL PCA 761130 1 A13 * OSCILLATOR OUTPUT, PCA 761148 1 A14 * HIGH VOLTAGE CONTROL PCA 775429 1 A15 * HIGH VOLTAGE/HIGH CURRENT PCA 761155 1 A16 * POWER AMPLIFIER PCA 761163 1 A17 * REGULATOR./GUARD CROSSING PCA 761171 1 A18 * FILTER/PA PCA 761189 1 A19 * DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY PCA 761056 1 A20 * CPU PCA (5700 Series I) 1591070 1 A20 * CPU PCA (5700 Series II) 1639013 1 A20 * CPU PCA (5720A) 1626228 1 A21 * REAR PANEL PCA 761221 1 A22 TRANSFORMER/MODULE ASSEMBLY 813527 1 CP1 ADAPTER,COAX,SMA(F),N(F) 516963 1 E1 JUMPER LINK,BINDING POST 190728 1 E2 GROUND STRIP,COPPER,1.00,.375,.030 854836 1 H5 SCREW,PH,P,THD FORM,STL,5-20,..312 494641 9 H20 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40,.187 129882 4 H25 SCREW,CAP,SCKT,SS,8-32,.375 837575 4 H29 SCREW,FHU,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.250 769893 3 H32 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,.250 152140 11 H43 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.375 334458 1 MP1 PANEL, FRONT, SHEET METAL 761437 1 MP2 SHIELD, DISPLAY PWB 764514 1 MP3 LENS, SHIELD 760843 1 MP4 DECAL, FRONT OUTPUT CABLE DIAGRAM 802967 1 MP6 GROMMET,EXTRUDED,POLYETHYLENE,.085 854351 1 MP14 BINDING POST-RED 886382 3 MP17 BINDING POST-BLACK 886379 2 MP19 BINDING POST-GREEN 886374 1 MP20 BINDING POST-BLUE 886366 1 MP21 ENCODER WHEEL 764548 1 MP22 FRONT PANEL, MOLDED 886325 1 MP23 KNOB, ENCODER, GREY 868794 1 MP24 KEYPAD,ELASTOMERIC 1586631 1 MP25 DECAL, POWER ON/OFF 886312 1 MP26 DECAL, KEYPAD 886304 1 MP27 DECAL, FRONT OUTPUT 886309 1 MP28 NUT, #8 LOW THERMAL 850334 8 MP35 LENS, DISPLAY 600756 1 MP36 NAMEPLATE SET, ELECTROFORM (MODEL 5700A) 600723 1 MP36 NAMEPLATE SET, ELECTROFORM (MODEL 5720A) 600759 1 MP37 HANDLE,INSTRUMENT 886333 2 TM1 5700A/5720 OPERATOR MANUAL 601622 1 TM2 5700A/5720A SERVICE MANUAL 601630 1 TM3 5700A/5720A SERIES GUIDE SET 601960 1 5-4 List of Replaceable Parts Parts List 5 5700A-T&B f6-1.eps Figure 5-1. Front Panel Final Assembly 5-5 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual Table 5-1. Chassis Final Assembly Reference Fluke Stock Description Tot Qty Notes Designator No A22 TRANSFORMER/MODULE ASSEMBLY 813527 1 1 B1,B2 FAN/CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 761213 2 E1 BINDING HEAD, PLATED 102889 1 WF1 FUSE,.25X1.25,1.25A,250V,SLOW 109231 1 H1 INSULATOR, ANALOG BOTTOM 775361 1 H2 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.500 320051 9 H14 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,.750 114223 14 H21 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,.250 152140 27 H43 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,.375 152165 2 H45 SCREW,CAP,SCKT,SS,8-32,.375 295105 12 H57 SCREW,FHU,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.250 769893 17 H74 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,1.250 159756 8 H85 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.149,.375,.031 110270 4 H97 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.160,.281,.010 111005 10 H105 SCREW,TH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.250 853622 4 MP1 COVER, DIGITAL 775635 1 MP2 BOTTOM COVER, ANALOG BOX 874912 1 MP3 TOP COVER, ANALOG BOX 764522 1 MP4 RELAY BRACKET 761015 1 MP5 TOP COVER, INSTRUMENT 660941 1 MP6 BOTTOM COVER, INSTRUMENT 660944 1 MP7 SHROUD, CPU CABLE 813519 1 MP8 NUT, #8 LOW THERMAL 850334 8 MP11 POWER BUTTON, ON/OFF 775338 1 MP12 BOTTOM FOOT, MOLDED, GRAY #7 868786 4 MP18 SIDE EXTRUSION 886288 2 MP20 ADHESIVE SIDE TRIM 698316 2 MP22 DECAL, CAUTION 240V 760926 2 MP23 DECAL, CAUTION 900V 760934 1 MP31 WASHER, LOW THERMAL #8 859939 16 MP45 INSERT EXTRUSION 886283 2 MP47 INSULATOR, DIGITAL MOTHERBOARD 761247 1 MP54 AIDE,PCB PULL 541730 2 MP108 FOOT,RUBBER,ADHES,GRY,.44 DIA,.20 THK 1601870 3 MP114 GROMMET,SLOT,RUBBER,.438,.062 853291 1 W1 CABLE, WIDEBAND TO FRONT PANEL 802785 1 1. Non-repairable part. W Fuse part number 109231 in all units. 5-6 List of Replaceable Parts Parts List 5 5700A T&B (1 of 2) f61a1.eps Figure 5-2. Chassis Final Assembly 5-7 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 5700A T&B (2 of 2) f61a2.eps Figure 5-2. Chassis Final Assembly (cont) 5-8 List of Replaceable Parts Parts List 5 Table 5-1. Rear Panel Final Assembly Reference Fluke Stock Description Tot Qty Notes Designator No F1 FUSE,.25X1.25,1.25A,250V,SLOW 851936 1 H1 FILTER, AIR 813493 1 H3 SCREW,CAP,SCKT,SS,8-32,.375 837575 4 H7 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,.750 114223 6 H13 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,.250 152140 1 MP1 REAR PANEL 886387 1 MP2 GROMMET,EXTRUDED,POLYETHYLENE,.085 854351 1 MP3 DECAL, REAR OUTPUT CABLE DIAGRRAM 886291 1 MP5 GROMMET,NYLON,NAT,.056X.150X.100X.155 285254 1 MP11 CONN ACC,MICRO-RIBBON,JACK SCREW 681940 2 MP13 CONN ACC,D-SUB,JACK SCREW,4-40 448092 8 MP21 ALUMINUM REAR OUTPUT HOUSING 885462 1 MP22 MOLDED HOUSING, REAR OUTPUT 886358 1 MP23 DECAL, REAR OUTPUT 886296 1 MP24 FILTER FRAME 886390 1 MP25 NUT, #8 LOW THERMAL 850334 6 MP31 HANDLE,INSTRUMENT 886333 2 MP33 BINDING POST-RED 886382 2 MP35 BINDING POST-BLACK 886379 2 MP37 BINDING POST-BLUE 886366 1 MP38 BINDING POST-PURPLE 886361 1 MP43 WASHER,FLAT,SS,.119,.187,.010 853296 8 MP51 WASHER, LOW THERMAL 760892 4 MP55 NUT, LOW THERMAL 760876 2 MP106 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.191,.289,.010 111047 2 MP125 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.160,.281,.010 111005 6 W1 CORD,LINE,5-15/IEC,3-18AWG,SVT,7.5 FT06 284174 1 W2 AC LINE FILTER ASSY 775445 1 5-9 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator Service Manual 5700A-T&B f61b.eps Figure 5-3. Rear Panel Final Assembly 5-10